Returns the reports Resource.
+
+ telemetry()
+
Returns the telemetry Resource.
+Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.telemetry.devices.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.telemetry.devices.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..75e3f96fe1e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.telemetry.devices.html @@ -0,0 +1,280 @@ + + + +
+ close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
List all telemetry devices.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
Retrieves the next page of results.
+close()
+ Close httplib2 connections.+
list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ List all telemetry devices.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. Customer id or "my_customer" to use the customer associated to the account making the request. (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. Only include resources that match the filter. Supported filter fields: - org_unit_id - serial_number
+ pageSize: integer, Maximum number of results to return. Maximum and default are 100.
+ pageToken: string, Token to specify next page in the list.
+ readMask: string, Required. Read mask to specify which fields to return.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ {
+ "devices": [ # Telemetry devices returned in the response.
+ { # Telemetry data collected from a managed device.
+ "batteryInfo": [ # Output only. Information on battery specs for the device.
+ { # Battery info
+ "designCapacity": "A String", # Output only. Design capacity (mAmpere-hours).
+ "designMinVoltage": 42, # Output only. Designed minimum output voltage (mV)
+ "manufactureDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values * A month and day value, with a zero year, such as an anniversary * A year on its own, with zero month and day values * A year and month value, with a zero day, such as a credit card expiration date Related types are google.type.TimeOfDay and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Output only. The date the battery was manufactured.
+ "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
+ "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
+ "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
+ },
+ "manufacturer": "A String", # Output only. Battery manufacturer.
+ "serialNumber": "A String", # Output only. Battery serial number.
+ "technology": "A String", # Output only. Technology of the battery. Example: Li-ion
+ },
+ ],
+ "batteryStatusReport": [ # Output only. Battery reports collected periodically.
+ { # Status data for battery.
+ "batteryHealth": "A String", # Output only. Battery health.
+ "cycleCount": 42, # Output only. Cycle count.
+ "fullChargeCapacity": "A String", # Output only. Full charge capacity (mAmpere-hours).
+ "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the sample was collected on device
+ "sample": [ # Output only. Sampling data for the battery.
+ { # Sampling data for battery.
+ "chargeRate": 42, # Output only. Battery charge percentage.
+ "current": "A String", # Output only. Battery current (mA).
+ "dischargeRate": 42, # Output only. The battery discharge rate measured in mW. Positive if the battery is being discharged, negative if it's being charged.
+ "remainingCapacity": "A String", # Output only. Battery remaining capacity (mAmpere-hours).
+ "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the sample was collected on device
+ "status": "A String", # Output only. Battery status read from sysfs. Example: Discharging
+ "temperature": 42, # Output only. Temperature in Celsius degrees.
+ "voltage": "A String", # Output only. Battery voltage (millivolt).
+ },
+ ],
+ "serialNumber": "A String", # Output only. Battery serial number.
+ },
+ ],
+ "cpuInfo": [ # Output only. Information regarding CPU specs for the device.
+ { # CPU specs for a CPU.
+ "architecture": "A String", # Output only. The CPU architecture.
+ "maxClockSpeed": 42, # Output only. The max CPU clock speed in kHz.
+ "model": "A String", # Output only. The CPU model name. Example: Intel(R) Core(TM) i5-8250U CPU @ 1.60GHz
+ },
+ ],
+ "cpuStatusReport": [ # Output only. CPU status reports collected periodically.
+ { # Contains samples of the cpu status reports.
+ "cpuTemperatureInfo": [ # Output only. CPU temperature sample info per CPU core in Celsius
+ { # CPU temperature of a device. Sampled per CPU core in Celsius
+ "label": "A String", # Output only. CPU label. Example: Core 0
+ "temperatureCelsius": 42, # Output only. CPU temperature in Celsius.
+ },
+ ],
+ "cpuUtilizationPct": 42, # Output only. Sample of CPU utilization (0-100 percent).
+ "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp in milliseconds representing time at which this report was sampled.
+ "sampleFrequency": "A String", # Output only. Frequency the report is sampled.
+ },
+ ],
+ "customer": "A String", # Output only. Google Workspace Customer whose enterprise enrolled the device.
+ "deviceId": "A String", # Output only. The unique Directory API ID of the device. This value is the same as the Admin Console's Directory API ID in the Chrome OS Devices tab
+ "graphicsInfo": { # Information of the graphics subsystem. # Output only. Contains information regarding Graphic peripherals for the device.
+ "adapterInfo": { # Information of a graphics adapter (GPU). # Output only. Information about the graphics adapter (GPU).
+ "adapter": "A String", # Output only. Adapter name. Example: Mesa DRI Intel(R) UHD Graphics 620 (Kabylake GT2).
+ "deviceId": "A String", # Output only. Represents the graphics card device id.
+ "driverVersion": "A String", # Output only. Version of the GPU driver.
+ },
+ },
+ "graphicsStatusReport": [ # Output only. Graphics reports collected periodically.
+ { # Information of the graphics subsystem.
+ "displays": [ # Output only. Information about the displays for the device.
+ { # Information for a display.
+ "deviceId": "A String", # Output only. Represents the graphics card device id.
+ "isInternal": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if display is internal or not.
+ "refreshRate": 42, # Output only. Refresh rate in Hz.
+ "resolutionHeight": 42, # Output only. Resolution height in pixels.
+ "resolutionWidth": 42, # Output only. Resolution width in pixels.
+ },
+ ],
+ "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the graphics data was reported.
+ },
+ ],
+ "memoryInfo": { # Memory information of a device. # Output only. Information regarding memory specs for the device.
+ "availableRamBytes": "A String", # Output only. Amount of available RAM in bytes.
+ "totalRamBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total RAM in bytes.
+ },
+ "memoryStatusReport": [ # Output only. Memory status reports collected periodically.
+ { # Contains samples of memory status reports.
+ "pageFaults": 42, # Output only. Number of page faults during this collection
+ "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp in milliseconds representing time at which this report was sampled.
+ "sampleFrequency": "A String", # Output only. Frequency the report is sampled.
+ "systemRamFreeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Amount of free RAM in bytes (unreliable due to Garbage Collection).
+ },
+ ],
+ "name": "A String", # Output only. Resource name of the device.
+ "networkStatusReport": [ # Output only. Network specs collected periodically.
+ { # State of visible/configured networks.
+ "gatewayIpAddress": "A String", # Output only. Gateway IP address.
+ "lanIpAddress": "A String", # Output only. LAN IP address.
+ "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the network state was reported.
+ "sampleFrequency": "A String", # Output only. Frequency the report is sampled.
+ "signalStrengthDbm": 42, # Output only. Signal strength for wireless networks measured in decibels.
+ },
+ ],
+ "orgUnitId": "A String", # Output only. Organization unit ID of the device.
+ "osUpdateStatus": [ # Output only. Contains relevant information regarding ChromeOS update status.
+ { # Contains information regarding the current OS update status.
+ "lastRebootTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last reboot.
+ "lastUpdateCheckTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last update check.
+ "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the last successful update.
+ "newPlatformVersion": "A String", # Output only. New platform version of the os image being downloaded and applied. It is only set when update status is OS_IMAGE_DOWNLOAD_IN_PROGRESS or OS_UPDATE_NEED_REBOOT. Note this could be a dummy "0.0.0.0" for OS_UPDATE_NEED_REBOOT status for some edge cases, e.g. update engine is restarted without a reboot.
+ "newRequestedPlatformVersion": "A String", # Output only. New requested platform version from the pending updated kiosk app.
+ "updateState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the os update.
+ },
+ ],
+ "serialNumber": "A String", # Output only. Device serial number. This value is the same as the Admin Console's Serial Number in the Chrome OS Devices tab.
+ "storageInfo": { # Status data for storage. # Output only. Information of storage specs for the device.
+ "availableDiskBytes": "A String", # The available space for user data storage in the device in bytes.
+ "totalDiskBytes": "A String", # The total space for user data storage in the device in bytes.
+ "volume": [ # Information for disk volumes
+ { # Information for disk volumes
+ "storageFreeBytes": "A String", # Free storage space in bytes.
+ "storageTotalBytes": "A String", # Total storage space in bytes.
+ "volumeId": "A String", # Disk volume id.
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ "storageStatusReport": [ # Output only. Storage reports collected periodically.
+ { # Status data for storage.
+ "disk": [ # Output only. Reports on disk
+ { # Status of the single storage device.
+ "bytesReadThisSession": "A String", # Output only. Number of bytes read since last boot.
+ "bytesWrittenThisSession": "A String", # Output only. Number of bytes written since last boot.
+ "discardTimeThisSession": "A String", # Output only. Time spent discarding since last boot. Discarding is writing to clear blocks which are no longer in use. Supported on kernels 4.18+.
+ "health": "A String", # Output only. Disk health.
+ "ioTimeThisSession": "A String", # Output only. Counts the time the disk and queue were busy, so unlike the fields above, parallel requests are not counted multiple times.
+ "manufacturer": "A String", # Output only. Disk manufacturer.
+ "model": "A String", # Output only. Disk model.
+ "readTimeThisSession": "A String", # Output only. Time spent reading from disk since last boot.
+ "serialNumber": "A String", # Output only. Disk serial number.
+ "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Disk size.
+ "type": "A String", # Output only. Disk type: eMMC / NVMe / ATA / SCSI.
+ "volumeIds": [ # Output only. Disk volumes.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "writeTimeThisSession": "A String", # Output only. Time spent writing to disk since last boot.
+ },
+ ],
+ "reportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of when the sample was collected on device
+ },
+ ],
+ },
+ ],
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to specify next page in the list.
+}
+list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + +Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + +Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
+ devices()
+
Returns the devices Resource.
+ +
+ close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+close()
+ Close httplib2 connections.+
Returns the operations Resource.
+
+ savedQueries()
+
Returns the savedQueries Resource.
+ diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f257756d308 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.savedQueries.html @@ -0,0 +1,464 @@ + + + +
+ close()
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ create(parent, body=None, savedQueryId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a saved query in a parent project/folder/organization.
+ +Deletes a saved query.
+ +Gets details about a saved query.
+
+ list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
Lists all saved queries in a parent project/folder/organization.
+
+ list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Updates a saved query.
+close()
+ Close httplib2 connections.+
create(parent, body=None, savedQueryId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Creates a saved query in a parent project/folder/organization.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The name of the project/folder/organization where this saved_query should be created in. It can only be an organization number (such as "organizations/123"), a folder number (such as "folders/123"), a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id")", or a project number (such as "projects/12345"). (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A saved query which can be shared with others or used later.
+ "content": { # The query content. # The query content.
+ "iamPolicyAnalysisQuery": { # ## IAM policy analysis query message. # An IAM Policy Analysis query, which could be used in the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy rpc or the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc.
+ "accessSelector": { # Specifies roles and/or permissions to analyze, to determine both the identities possessing them and the resources they control. If multiple values are specified, results will include roles or permissions matching any of them. The total number of roles and permissions should be equal or less than 10. # Optional. Specifies roles or permissions for analysis. This is optional.
+ "permissions": [ # Optional. The permissions to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "roles": [ # Optional. The roles to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "conditionContext": { # The IAM conditions context. # Optional. The hypothetical context for IAM conditions evaluation.
+ "accessTime": "A String", # The hypothetical access timestamp to evaluate IAM conditions. Note that this value must not be earlier than the current time; otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned.
+ },
+ "identitySelector": { # Specifies an identity for which to determine resource access, based on roles assigned either directly to them or to the groups they belong to, directly or indirectly. # Optional. Specifies an identity for analysis.
+ "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
+ },
+ "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
+ "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+ "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
+ "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
+ "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
+ },
+ "resourceSelector": { # Specifies the resource to analyze for access policies, which may be set directly on the resource, or on ancestors such as organizations, folders or projects. # Optional. Specifies a resource for analysis.
+ "fullResourceName": "A String", # Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types).
+ },
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. The relative name of the root asset. Only resources and IAM policies within the scope will be analyzed. This can only be an organization number (such as "organizations/123"), a folder number (such as "folders/123"), a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id"), or a project number (such as "projects/12345"). To know how to get organization id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-organization#retrieving_your_organization_id). To know how to get folder or project id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-folders#viewing_or_listing_folders_and_projects).
+ },
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of this saved query.
+ "creator": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has created this saved query.
+ "description": "A String", # The description of this saved query. This value should be fewer than 255 characters.
+ "labels": { # Labels applied on the resource. This value should not contain more than 10 entries. The key and value of each entry must be non-empty and fewer than 64 characters.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of this saved query.
+ "lastUpdater": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has updated this saved query most recently.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the saved query. The format must be: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id
+}
+
+ savedQueryId: string, Required. The ID to use for the saved query, which must be unique in the specified parent. It will become the final component of the saved query's resource name. This value should be 4-63 characters, and valid characters are /a-z-/. Notice that this field is required in the saved query creation, and the `name` field of the `saved_query` will be ignored.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A saved query which can be shared with others or used later.
+ "content": { # The query content. # The query content.
+ "iamPolicyAnalysisQuery": { # ## IAM policy analysis query message. # An IAM Policy Analysis query, which could be used in the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy rpc or the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc.
+ "accessSelector": { # Specifies roles and/or permissions to analyze, to determine both the identities possessing them and the resources they control. If multiple values are specified, results will include roles or permissions matching any of them. The total number of roles and permissions should be equal or less than 10. # Optional. Specifies roles or permissions for analysis. This is optional.
+ "permissions": [ # Optional. The permissions to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "roles": [ # Optional. The roles to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "conditionContext": { # The IAM conditions context. # Optional. The hypothetical context for IAM conditions evaluation.
+ "accessTime": "A String", # The hypothetical access timestamp to evaluate IAM conditions. Note that this value must not be earlier than the current time; otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned.
+ },
+ "identitySelector": { # Specifies an identity for which to determine resource access, based on roles assigned either directly to them or to the groups they belong to, directly or indirectly. # Optional. Specifies an identity for analysis.
+ "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
+ },
+ "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
+ "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+ "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
+ "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
+ "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
+ },
+ "resourceSelector": { # Specifies the resource to analyze for access policies, which may be set directly on the resource, or on ancestors such as organizations, folders or projects. # Optional. Specifies a resource for analysis.
+ "fullResourceName": "A String", # Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types).
+ },
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. The relative name of the root asset. Only resources and IAM policies within the scope will be analyzed. This can only be an organization number (such as "organizations/123"), a folder number (such as "folders/123"), a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id"), or a project number (such as "projects/12345"). To know how to get organization id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-organization#retrieving_your_organization_id). To know how to get folder or project id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-folders#viewing_or_listing_folders_and_projects).
+ },
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of this saved query.
+ "creator": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has created this saved query.
+ "description": "A String", # The description of this saved query. This value should be fewer than 255 characters.
+ "labels": { # Labels applied on the resource. This value should not contain more than 10 entries. The key and value of each entry must be non-empty and fewer than 64 characters.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of this saved query.
+ "lastUpdater": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has updated this saved query most recently.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the saved query. The format must be: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id
+}
+delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Deletes a saved query.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the saved query to delete. It must be in the format of: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}
+get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+ Gets details about a saved query.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, Required. The name of the saved query and it must be in the format of: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id (required)
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A saved query which can be shared with others or used later.
+ "content": { # The query content. # The query content.
+ "iamPolicyAnalysisQuery": { # ## IAM policy analysis query message. # An IAM Policy Analysis query, which could be used in the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy rpc or the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc.
+ "accessSelector": { # Specifies roles and/or permissions to analyze, to determine both the identities possessing them and the resources they control. If multiple values are specified, results will include roles or permissions matching any of them. The total number of roles and permissions should be equal or less than 10. # Optional. Specifies roles or permissions for analysis. This is optional.
+ "permissions": [ # Optional. The permissions to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "roles": [ # Optional. The roles to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "conditionContext": { # The IAM conditions context. # Optional. The hypothetical context for IAM conditions evaluation.
+ "accessTime": "A String", # The hypothetical access timestamp to evaluate IAM conditions. Note that this value must not be earlier than the current time; otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned.
+ },
+ "identitySelector": { # Specifies an identity for which to determine resource access, based on roles assigned either directly to them or to the groups they belong to, directly or indirectly. # Optional. Specifies an identity for analysis.
+ "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
+ },
+ "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
+ "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+ "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
+ "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
+ "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
+ },
+ "resourceSelector": { # Specifies the resource to analyze for access policies, which may be set directly on the resource, or on ancestors such as organizations, folders or projects. # Optional. Specifies a resource for analysis.
+ "fullResourceName": "A String", # Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types).
+ },
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. The relative name of the root asset. Only resources and IAM policies within the scope will be analyzed. This can only be an organization number (such as "organizations/123"), a folder number (such as "folders/123"), a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id"), or a project number (such as "projects/12345"). To know how to get organization id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-organization#retrieving_your_organization_id). To know how to get folder or project id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-folders#viewing_or_listing_folders_and_projects).
+ },
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of this saved query.
+ "creator": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has created this saved query.
+ "description": "A String", # The description of this saved query. This value should be fewer than 255 characters.
+ "labels": { # Labels applied on the resource. This value should not contain more than 10 entries. The key and value of each entry must be non-empty and fewer than 64 characters.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of this saved query.
+ "lastUpdater": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has updated this saved query most recently.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the saved query. The format must be: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id
+}
+list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Lists all saved queries in a parent project/folder/organization.
+
+Args:
+ parent: string, Required. The parent project/folder/organization whose savedQueries are to be listed. It can only be using project/folder/organization number (such as "folders/12345")", or a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id"). (required)
+ filter: string, Optional. The expression to filter resources. The expression is a list of zero or more restrictions combined via logical operators `AND` and `OR`. When `AND` and `OR` are both used in the expression, parentheses must be appropriately used to group the combinations. The expression may also contain regular expressions. See https://google.aip.dev/160 for more information on the grammar.
+ pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of saved queries to return per page. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+ pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListSavedQueries` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListSavedQueries` must match the call that provided the page token.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response of listing saved queries.
+ "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+ "savedQueries": [ # A list of savedQueries.
+ { # A saved query which can be shared with others or used later.
+ "content": { # The query content. # The query content.
+ "iamPolicyAnalysisQuery": { # ## IAM policy analysis query message. # An IAM Policy Analysis query, which could be used in the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy rpc or the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc.
+ "accessSelector": { # Specifies roles and/or permissions to analyze, to determine both the identities possessing them and the resources they control. If multiple values are specified, results will include roles or permissions matching any of them. The total number of roles and permissions should be equal or less than 10. # Optional. Specifies roles or permissions for analysis. This is optional.
+ "permissions": [ # Optional. The permissions to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "roles": [ # Optional. The roles to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "conditionContext": { # The IAM conditions context. # Optional. The hypothetical context for IAM conditions evaluation.
+ "accessTime": "A String", # The hypothetical access timestamp to evaluate IAM conditions. Note that this value must not be earlier than the current time; otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned.
+ },
+ "identitySelector": { # Specifies an identity for which to determine resource access, based on roles assigned either directly to them or to the groups they belong to, directly or indirectly. # Optional. Specifies an identity for analysis.
+ "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
+ },
+ "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
+ "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+ "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
+ "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
+ "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
+ },
+ "resourceSelector": { # Specifies the resource to analyze for access policies, which may be set directly on the resource, or on ancestors such as organizations, folders or projects. # Optional. Specifies a resource for analysis.
+ "fullResourceName": "A String", # Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types).
+ },
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. The relative name of the root asset. Only resources and IAM policies within the scope will be analyzed. This can only be an organization number (such as "organizations/123"), a folder number (such as "folders/123"), a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id"), or a project number (such as "projects/12345"). To know how to get organization id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-organization#retrieving_your_organization_id). To know how to get folder or project id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-folders#viewing_or_listing_folders_and_projects).
+ },
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of this saved query.
+ "creator": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has created this saved query.
+ "description": "A String", # The description of this saved query. This value should be fewer than 255 characters.
+ "labels": { # Labels applied on the resource. This value should not contain more than 10 entries. The key and value of each entry must be non-empty and fewer than 64 characters.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of this saved query.
+ "lastUpdater": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has updated this saved query most recently.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the saved query. The format must be: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id
+ },
+ ],
+}
+list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
+ Retrieves the next page of results. + +Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + +Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Updates a saved query.
+
+Args:
+ name: string, The resource name of the saved query. The format must be: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id (required)
+ body: object, The request body.
+ The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A saved query which can be shared with others or used later.
+ "content": { # The query content. # The query content.
+ "iamPolicyAnalysisQuery": { # ## IAM policy analysis query message. # An IAM Policy Analysis query, which could be used in the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy rpc or the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc.
+ "accessSelector": { # Specifies roles and/or permissions to analyze, to determine both the identities possessing them and the resources they control. If multiple values are specified, results will include roles or permissions matching any of them. The total number of roles and permissions should be equal or less than 10. # Optional. Specifies roles or permissions for analysis. This is optional.
+ "permissions": [ # Optional. The permissions to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "roles": [ # Optional. The roles to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "conditionContext": { # The IAM conditions context. # Optional. The hypothetical context for IAM conditions evaluation.
+ "accessTime": "A String", # The hypothetical access timestamp to evaluate IAM conditions. Note that this value must not be earlier than the current time; otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned.
+ },
+ "identitySelector": { # Specifies an identity for which to determine resource access, based on roles assigned either directly to them or to the groups they belong to, directly or indirectly. # Optional. Specifies an identity for analysis.
+ "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
+ },
+ "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
+ "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+ "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
+ "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
+ "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
+ },
+ "resourceSelector": { # Specifies the resource to analyze for access policies, which may be set directly on the resource, or on ancestors such as organizations, folders or projects. # Optional. Specifies a resource for analysis.
+ "fullResourceName": "A String", # Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types).
+ },
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. The relative name of the root asset. Only resources and IAM policies within the scope will be analyzed. This can only be an organization number (such as "organizations/123"), a folder number (such as "folders/123"), a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id"), or a project number (such as "projects/12345"). To know how to get organization id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-organization#retrieving_your_organization_id). To know how to get folder or project id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-folders#viewing_or_listing_folders_and_projects).
+ },
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of this saved query.
+ "creator": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has created this saved query.
+ "description": "A String", # The description of this saved query. This value should be fewer than 255 characters.
+ "labels": { # Labels applied on the resource. This value should not contain more than 10 entries. The key and value of each entry must be non-empty and fewer than 64 characters.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of this saved query.
+ "lastUpdater": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has updated this saved query most recently.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the saved query. The format must be: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id
+}
+
+ updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # A saved query which can be shared with others or used later.
+ "content": { # The query content. # The query content.
+ "iamPolicyAnalysisQuery": { # ## IAM policy analysis query message. # An IAM Policy Analysis query, which could be used in the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicy rpc or the AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc.
+ "accessSelector": { # Specifies roles and/or permissions to analyze, to determine both the identities possessing them and the resources they control. If multiple values are specified, results will include roles or permissions matching any of them. The total number of roles and permissions should be equal or less than 10. # Optional. Specifies roles or permissions for analysis. This is optional.
+ "permissions": [ # Optional. The permissions to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ "roles": [ # Optional. The roles to appear in result.
+ "A String",
+ ],
+ },
+ "conditionContext": { # The IAM conditions context. # Optional. The hypothetical context for IAM conditions evaluation.
+ "accessTime": "A String", # The hypothetical access timestamp to evaluate IAM conditions. Note that this value must not be earlier than the current time; otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error will be returned.
+ },
+ "identitySelector": { # Specifies an identity for which to determine resource access, based on roles assigned either directly to them or to the groups they belong to, directly or indirectly. # Optional. Specifies an identity for analysis.
+ "identity": "A String", # Required. The identity appear in the form of principals in [IAM policy binding](https://cloud.google.com/iam/reference/rest/v1/Binding). The examples of supported forms are: "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com". Notice that wildcard characters (such as * and ?) are not supported. You must give a specific identity.
+ },
+ "options": { # Contains query options. # Optional. The query options.
+ "analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation": True or False, # Optional. If true, the response will include access analysis from identities to resources via service account impersonation. This is a very expensive operation, because many derived queries will be executed. We highly recommend you use AssetService.AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunning rpc instead. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.getAccessToken permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to a GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Another example, if the request analyzes for who has permission P to a GCP folder F, and there's an IAM policy states user A has iam.serviceAccounts.actAs permission to a service account SA, and there's another IAM policy states service account SA has permission P to the GCP folder F, then user A potentially has access to the GCP folder F. And those advanced analysis results will be included in AnalyzeIamPolicyResponse.service_account_impersonation_analysis. Default is false.
+ "expandGroups": True or False, # Optional. If true, the identities section of the result will expand any Google groups appearing in an IAM policy binding. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.identity_selector is specified, the identity in the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "expandResources": True or False, # Optional. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is not specified, the resource section of the result will expand any resource attached to an IAM policy to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. For example, if the request analyzes for which resources user A has permission P, and the results include an IAM policy with P on a GCP folder, the results will also include resources in that folder with permission P. If true and IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.resource_selector is specified, the resource section of the result will expand the specified resource to include resources lower in the resource hierarchy. Only project or lower resources are supported. Folder and organization resource cannot be used together with this option. For example, if the request analyzes for which users have permission P on a GCP project with this option enabled, the results will include all users who have permission P on that project or any lower resource. Default is false.
+ "expandRoles": True or False, # Optional. If true, the access section of result will expand any roles appearing in IAM policy bindings to include their permissions. If IamPolicyAnalysisQuery.access_selector is specified, the access section of the result will be determined by the selector, and this flag is not allowed to set. Default is false.
+ "outputGroupEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant membership relationships between groups and other groups, and between groups and principals. Default is false.
+ "outputResourceEdges": True or False, # Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false.
+ },
+ "resourceSelector": { # Specifies the resource to analyze for access policies, which may be set directly on the resource, or on ancestors such as organizations, folders or projects. # Optional. Specifies a resource for analysis.
+ "fullResourceName": "A String", # Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types).
+ },
+ "scope": "A String", # Required. The relative name of the root asset. Only resources and IAM policies within the scope will be analyzed. This can only be an organization number (such as "organizations/123"), a folder number (such as "folders/123"), a project ID (such as "projects/my-project-id"), or a project number (such as "projects/12345"). To know how to get organization id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-organization#retrieving_your_organization_id). To know how to get folder or project id, visit [here ](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-folders#viewing_or_listing_folders_and_projects).
+ },
+ },
+ "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The create time of this saved query.
+ "creator": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has created this saved query.
+ "description": "A String", # The description of this saved query. This value should be fewer than 255 characters.
+ "labels": { # Labels applied on the resource. This value should not contain more than 10 entries. The key and value of each entry must be non-empty and fewer than 64 characters.
+ "a_key": "A String",
+ },
+ "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The last update time of this saved query.
+ "lastUpdater": "A String", # Output only. The account's email address who has updated this saved query most recently.
+ "name": "A String", # The resource name of the saved query. The format must be: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id
+}
+analyzeIamPolicy(scope, analysisQuery_accessSelector_permissions=None, analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles=None, analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime=None, analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity=None, analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation=None, analysisQuery_options_expandGroups=None, analysisQuery_options_expandResources=None, analysisQuery_options_expandRoles=None, analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges=None, analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges=None, analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName=None, executionTimeout=None, savedAnalysisQuery=None, x__xgafv=None)
Analyzes IAM policies to answer which identities have what accesses on which resources.
analyzeIamPolicyLongrunning(scope, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Retrieves the next page of results.
analyzeIamPolicy(scope, analysisQuery_accessSelector_permissions=None, analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles=None, analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime=None, analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity=None, analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation=None, analysisQuery_options_expandGroups=None, analysisQuery_options_expandResources=None, analysisQuery_options_expandRoles=None, analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges=None, analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges=None, analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName=None, executionTimeout=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ analyzeIamPolicy(scope, analysisQuery_accessSelector_permissions=None, analysisQuery_accessSelector_roles=None, analysisQuery_conditionContext_accessTime=None, analysisQuery_identitySelector_identity=None, analysisQuery_options_analyzeServiceAccountImpersonation=None, analysisQuery_options_expandGroups=None, analysisQuery_options_expandResources=None, analysisQuery_options_expandRoles=None, analysisQuery_options_outputGroupEdges=None, analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges=None, analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName=None, executionTimeout=None, savedAnalysisQuery=None, x__xgafv=None)
Analyzes IAM policies to answer which identities have what accesses on which resources. Args: @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@Method Details
analysisQuery_options_outputResourceEdges: boolean, Optional. If true, the result will output the relevant parent/child relationships between resources. Default is false. analysisQuery_resourceSelector_fullResourceName: string, Required. The [full resource name] (https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/resource-name-format) of a resource of [supported resource types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types#analyzable_asset_types). executionTimeout: string, Optional. Amount of time executable has to complete. See JSON representation of [Duration](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/proto3#json). If this field is set with a value less than the RPC deadline, and the execution of your query hasn't finished in the specified execution timeout, you will get a response with partial result. Otherwise, your query's execution will continue until the RPC deadline. If it's not finished until then, you will get a DEADLINE_EXCEEDED error. Default is empty. + savedAnalysisQuery: string, Optional. The name of a saved query, which must be in the format of: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id If both `analysis_query` and `saved_analysis_query` are provided, they will be merged together with the `saved_analysis_query` as base and the `analysis_query` as overrides. For more details of the merge behavior, please refer to the [MergeFrom](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/cpp/google.protobuf.message#Message.MergeFrom.details) page. Note that you cannot override primitive fields with default value, such as 0 or empty string, etc., because we use proto3, which doesn't support field presence yet. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -395,6 +396,7 @@Method Details
"uri": "A String", # Required. The uri of the Cloud Storage object. It's the same uri that is used by gsutil. Example: "gs://bucket_name/object_name". See [Viewing and Editing Object Metadata](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/viewing-editing-metadata) for more information. If the specified Cloud Storage object already exists and there is no [hold](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/object-holds), it will be overwritten with the analysis result. }, }, + "savedAnalysisQuery": "A String", # Optional. The name of a saved query, which must be in the format of: * projects/project_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * folders/folder_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id * organizations/organization_number/savedQueries/saved_query_id If both `analysis_query` and `saved_analysis_query` are provided, they will be merged together with the `saved_analysis_query` as base and the `analysis_query` as overrides. For more details of the merge behavior, please refer to the [MergeFrom](https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/cpp/google.protobuf.message#Message.MergeFrom.details) doc. Note that you cannot override primitive fields with default value, such as 0 or empty string, etc., because we use proto3, which doesn't support field presence yet. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html index b629d95f468..ba6de2da522 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html @@ -165,6 +165,7 @@Method Details
"buildName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. `projects//locations//builds/`. "buildWorkerPool": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where `{project}` and `{region}` are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and `{workerPool}` is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (`service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (`roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder`) in the project. "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function. + "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", @@ -183,6 +184,7 @@Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The deployed url for the function. }, "ingressSettings": "A String", # The ingress settings for the function, controlling what traffic can reach it. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt function resources. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. If specified, you must also provide an artifact registry repository using the `docker_repository` field that was created with the same KMS crypto key. The following service accounts need to be granted the role 'Cloud KMS CryptoKey Encrypter/Decrypter (roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter)' on the Key/KeyRing/Project/Organization (least access preferred). 1. Google Cloud Functions service account (service-{project_number}@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's image. 2. Google Storage service account (service-{project_number}@gs-project-accounts.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's source code. If this service account does not exist, deploying a function without a KMS key or retrieving the service agent name provisions it. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/projects#service-agents and https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/getting-service-agent#gsutil. Google Cloud Functions delegates access to service agents to protect function resources in internal projects that are not accessible by the end user. "labels": { # Labels associated with this Cloud Function. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -366,6 +368,7 @@Method Details
"buildName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. `projects//locations//builds/`. "buildWorkerPool": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where `{project}` and `{region}` are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and `{workerPool}` is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (`service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (`roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder`) in the project. "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function. + "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", @@ -384,6 +387,7 @@Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The deployed url for the function. }, "ingressSettings": "A String", # The ingress settings for the function, controlling what traffic can reach it. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt function resources. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. If specified, you must also provide an artifact registry repository using the `docker_repository` field that was created with the same KMS crypto key. The following service accounts need to be granted the role 'Cloud KMS CryptoKey Encrypter/Decrypter (roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter)' on the Key/KeyRing/Project/Organization (least access preferred). 1. Google Cloud Functions service account (service-{project_number}@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's image. 2. Google Storage service account (service-{project_number}@gs-project-accounts.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's source code. If this service account does not exist, deploying a function without a KMS key or retrieving the service agent name provisions it. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/projects#service-agents and https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/getting-service-agent#gsutil. Google Cloud Functions delegates access to service agents to protect function resources in internal projects that are not accessible by the end user. "labels": { # Labels associated with this Cloud Function. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -436,7 +440,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -505,6 +509,7 @@Method Details
"buildName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. `projects//locations//builds/`. "buildWorkerPool": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where `{project}` and `{region}` are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and `{workerPool}` is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (`service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (`roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder`) in the project. "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function. + "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", @@ -523,6 +528,7 @@Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The deployed url for the function. }, "ingressSettings": "A String", # The ingress settings for the function, controlling what traffic can reach it. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt function resources. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. If specified, you must also provide an artifact registry repository using the `docker_repository` field that was created with the same KMS crypto key. The following service accounts need to be granted the role 'Cloud KMS CryptoKey Encrypter/Decrypter (roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter)' on the Key/KeyRing/Project/Organization (least access preferred). 1. Google Cloud Functions service account (service-{project_number}@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's image. 2. Google Storage service account (service-{project_number}@gs-project-accounts.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's source code. If this service account does not exist, deploying a function without a KMS key or retrieving the service agent name provisions it. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/projects#service-agents and https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/getting-service-agent#gsutil. Google Cloud Functions delegates access to service agents to protect function resources in internal projects that are not accessible by the end user. "labels": { # Labels associated with this Cloud Function. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -607,6 +613,7 @@Method Details
"buildName": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build Name of the function deployment. `projects//locations//builds/`. "buildWorkerPool": "A String", # Name of the Cloud Build Custom Worker Pool that should be used to build the function. The format of this field is `projects/{project}/locations/{region}/workerPools/{workerPool}` where `{project}` and `{region}` are the project id and region respectively where the worker pool is defined and `{workerPool}` is the short name of the worker pool. If the project id is not the same as the function, then the Cloud Functions Service Agent (`service-@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com`) must be granted the role Cloud Build Custom Workers Builder (`roles/cloudbuild.customworkers.builder`) in the project. "description": "A String", # User-provided description of a function. + "dockerRepository": "A String", # User managed repository created in Artifact Registry optionally with a customer managed encryption key. If specified, deployments will use Artifact Registry. If unspecified and the deployment is eligible to use Artifact Registry, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. This is the repository to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'. "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`. "environmentVariables": { # Environment variables that shall be available during function execution. "a_key": "A String", @@ -625,6 +632,7 @@Method Details
"url": "A String", # Output only. The deployed url for the function. }, "ingressSettings": "A String", # The ingress settings for the function, controlling what traffic can reach it. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Resource name of a KMS crypto key (managed by the user) used to encrypt/decrypt function resources. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{key_ring}/cryptoKeys/{crypto_key}`. If specified, you must also provide an artifact registry repository using the `docker_repository` field that was created with the same KMS crypto key. The following service accounts need to be granted the role 'Cloud KMS CryptoKey Encrypter/Decrypter (roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter)' on the Key/KeyRing/Project/Organization (least access preferred). 1. Google Cloud Functions service account (service-{project_number}@gcf-admin-robot.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's image. 2. Google Storage service account (service-{project_number}@gs-project-accounts.iam.gserviceaccount.com) - Required to protect the function's source code. If this service account does not exist, deploying a function without a KMS key or retrieving the service agent name provisions it. For more information, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/projects#service-agents and https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/getting-service-agent#gsutil. Google Cloud Functions delegates access to service agents to protect function resources in internal projects that are not accessible by the end user. "labels": { # Labels associated with this Cloud Function. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html index 2516ecf2408..cf496713fc9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html index f0d4a464d88..845c3680f8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.html @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html index 394a0da6c49..2dd53acce60 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.importJobs.html @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html index 92d3a64fa13..7e8f68727df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html index fc2518ce350..277a2cc0a57 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html index c55abba6786..bae9bc5dff1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html index bbfd78a975c..e39fc799f05 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html index a8e57512f94..d34b91c2078 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html index 3a5a4845599..643f900a53a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html index 80d7664f190..5c1bee6c54c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html index 2a450273da6..5ece80d52c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html index 715f286b499..4e79297cf91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html index ba0b9d27e96..6c2abd065df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html index cff3826e971..3abf842b901 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html index de74b3e62c5..808846991b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.addresses.html @@ -243,9 +243,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -384,9 +381,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -542,9 +536,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html index d501f10862e..9772d989312 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.autoscalers.html @@ -295,9 +295,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -534,9 +531,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -810,9 +804,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -989,9 +980,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html index 0a14bcae703..70f66241329 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendBuckets.html @@ -160,9 +160,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -232,9 +229,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -300,9 +294,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -364,7 +355,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -527,7 +518,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -587,9 +578,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -658,7 +646,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -747,7 +735,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -807,9 +795,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -881,9 +866,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1182,7 +1164,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1242,9 +1224,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html index 68309e49361..27690279c3d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.backendServices.html @@ -172,9 +172,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -271,7 +268,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -709,9 +706,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -777,9 +771,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -866,7 +857,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1420,7 +1411,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1801,9 +1792,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1897,7 +1885,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -2332,7 +2320,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -2713,9 +2701,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2787,9 +2772,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3072,9 +3054,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3187,7 +3166,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -3568,9 +3547,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html index aa842b0dd2e..3d540866b42 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.disks.html @@ -171,9 +171,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -461,9 +458,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -529,9 +523,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -890,9 +881,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1104,9 +1092,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1179,9 +1164,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1469,9 +1451,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1658,9 +1637,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html index c21c7b769dd..c3f95486bf5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.externalVpnGateways.html @@ -139,9 +139,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -264,9 +261,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -413,9 +407,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html index 2e713445826..cb13775e128 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html @@ -181,9 +181,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -301,9 +298,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -368,9 +362,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -439,9 +430,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -871,9 +859,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1094,9 +1079,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1240,9 +1222,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1361,9 +1340,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1428,9 +1404,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1495,9 +1468,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html index 4feeead69d5..637b6fe29a1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewalls.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -220,7 +217,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -283,7 +280,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -333,9 +330,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -418,7 +412,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -511,7 +505,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -561,9 +555,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -665,7 +656,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -715,9 +706,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html index 302b55c1dc7..907f2b3eef1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html @@ -279,9 +279,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -480,9 +477,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -718,9 +712,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -796,9 +787,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -871,9 +859,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html index c1f259f881e..d27208f9819 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.futureReservations.html @@ -278,9 +278,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -351,9 +348,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -570,9 +564,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -832,9 +823,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html index 49a42619906..bd74866ccb0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalAddresses.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -301,9 +298,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -456,9 +450,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html index 8ae1769a3e7..f9dcb66d7ba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -145,9 +145,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -344,9 +341,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -580,9 +574,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -656,9 +647,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -730,9 +718,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index ed32453f279..863d2abc84b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -157,9 +157,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -229,9 +226,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -313,9 +307,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -494,9 +485,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html index 3814e714160..5c90b32c5df 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOperations.html @@ -143,9 +143,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -272,9 +269,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -345,9 +339,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -440,9 +431,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html index 47f108fea1c..a3063a6b09c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalOrganizationOperations.html @@ -143,9 +143,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -216,9 +213,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 1d95cc1a514..a5f119d7ade 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -275,9 +272,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -451,9 +445,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html index f9eb119fb8d..b98248594fe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.healthChecks.html @@ -295,9 +295,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -534,9 +531,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -810,9 +804,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -988,9 +979,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html index 97727f5b086..885d13cadbe 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpHealthChecks.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -261,9 +258,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -417,9 +411,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -535,9 +526,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html index 8f6627757d3..9dca213d090 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.httpsHealthChecks.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -261,9 +258,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -417,9 +411,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -535,9 +526,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html index a6d0982bebc..b71465d83da 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.images.html @@ -154,9 +154,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -238,9 +235,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -804,9 +798,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1167,9 +1158,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1454,9 +1442,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index ec79bd68ca0..e11c090a5f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -222,9 +222,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -522,9 +519,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -638,9 +632,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -706,9 +697,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -784,9 +772,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -860,9 +845,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1247,9 +1229,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1951,9 +1930,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2062,9 +2038,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2139,9 +2112,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2208,9 +2178,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2284,9 +2251,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2361,9 +2325,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2447,9 +2408,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2522,9 +2480,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2600,9 +2555,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2677,9 +2629,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2755,9 +2704,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2833,9 +2779,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3086,9 +3029,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3197,9 +3137,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html index 59be319d6a3..5f991019ccf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroups.html @@ -164,9 +164,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -329,9 +326,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -460,9 +454,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -686,9 +677,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -767,9 +755,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index f77c9ed1fbb..5ad4be1b792 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -196,7 +193,7 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. @@ -204,7 +201,7 @@Method Details
"visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -313,7 +310,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -348,9 +345,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -371,9 +368,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -397,20 +394,20 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -438,7 +435,7 @@Method Details
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. "A String", ], "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. @@ -449,7 +446,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -602,7 +599,7 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. @@ -610,7 +607,7 @@Method Details
"visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -719,7 +716,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -754,9 +751,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -777,9 +774,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -803,20 +800,20 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -844,7 +841,7 @@Method Details
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. "A String", ], "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. @@ -855,7 +852,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -915,9 +912,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -976,7 +970,7 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. @@ -984,7 +978,7 @@Method Details
"visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1093,7 +1087,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -1128,9 +1122,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1151,9 +1145,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1177,20 +1171,20 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1218,7 +1212,7 @@Method Details
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. "A String", ], "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. @@ -1229,7 +1223,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 93a051a3083..42f35663f2a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -257,9 +257,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. } @@ -291,9 +291,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -368,9 +365,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -598,9 +592,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -621,9 +615,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -945,9 +939,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1162,9 +1153,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1185,9 +1176,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1320,7 +1311,7 @@Method Details
"zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. }, "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. @@ -1328,7 +1319,7 @@Method Details
"visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1437,7 +1428,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -1472,9 +1463,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1495,9 +1486,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1521,20 +1512,20 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1562,7 +1553,7 @@Method Details
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. "A String", ], "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. @@ -1573,7 +1564,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -1636,9 +1627,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1709,9 +1697,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1779,9 +1764,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1848,9 +1830,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2069,9 +2048,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2092,9 +2071,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2338,7 +2317,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -2887,9 +2866,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2910,9 +2889,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -3075,9 +3054,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3303,9 +3279,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -3326,9 +3302,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -3588,9 +3564,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3665,9 +3638,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3733,9 +3703,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3826,9 +3793,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3910,9 +3874,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3980,9 +3941,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4270,9 +4228,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4350,9 +4305,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4425,9 +4377,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4507,9 +4456,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4582,9 +4528,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4658,9 +4601,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4755,9 +4695,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4833,9 +4770,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4908,9 +4842,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4983,9 +4914,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5061,9 +4989,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5128,9 +5053,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5196,9 +5118,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5289,9 +5208,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5358,9 +5274,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5427,9 +5340,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5675,9 +5585,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -5698,9 +5608,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -5874,9 +5784,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -5926,9 +5833,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. } @@ -5960,9 +5867,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -6035,9 +5939,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -6089,9 +5990,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -6112,9 +6013,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -6166,9 +6067,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -6243,9 +6141,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -6320,9 +6215,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html index 8e8cc4580ea..93be904bd51 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html @@ -74,12 +74,6 @@Compute Engine API . instantSnapshots
Instance Methods
- -Retrieves an aggregated list of instantSnapshots.
--
-aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)Retrieves the next page of results.
Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -114,98 +108,6 @@Instance Methods
testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
Method Details
--- -aggregatedList(project, filter=None, includeAllScopes=None, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, returnPartialSuccess=None, x__xgafv=None)-Retrieves an aggregated list of instantSnapshots. - -Args: - project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) - filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `>`, or `<`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = "Intel Skylake") OR (cpuPlatform = "Intel Broadwell") AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ``` - includeAllScopes: boolean, Indicates whether every visible scope for each scope type (zone, region, global) should be included in the response. For new resource types added after this field, the flag has no effect as new resource types will always include every visible scope for each scope type in response. For resource types which predate this field, if this flag is omitted or false, only scopes of the scope types where the resource type is expected to be found will be included. - maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`) - orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy="creationTimestamp desc"`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported. - pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results. - returnPartialSuccess: boolean, Opt-in for partial success behavior which provides partial results in case of failure. The default value is false. - x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. - Allowed values - 1 - v1 error format - 2 - v2 error format - -Returns: - An object of the form: - - { - "id": "A String", # [Output Only] Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server. - "items": { # A list of InstantSnapshotsScopedList resources. - "a_key": { # [Output Only] Name of the scope containing this set of instantSnapshots. - "instantSnapshots": [ # [Output Only] A list of instantSnapshots contained in this scope. - { # Represents a InstantSnapshot resource. You can use instant snapshots to create disk rollback points quickly.. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. - "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the source disk, specified in GB. - "guestFlush": True or False, # Whether to attempt an application consistent instant snapshot by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. Currently only supported on Windows instances using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS). - "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. - "kind": "compute#instantSnapshot", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#instantSnapshot for InstantSnapshot resources. - "labelFingerprint": "A String", # A fingerprint for the labels being applied to this InstantSnapshot, which is essentially a hash of the labels set used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update labels. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change labels, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve a InstantSnapshot. - "labels": { # Labels to apply to this InstantSnapshot. These can be later modified by the setLabels method. Label values may be empty. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. - "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the source disk used to create this instant snapshot. Note that the source disk must be in the same zone/region as the instant snapshot to be created. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - projects/project/regions/region/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - regions/region/disks/disk - "sourceDiskId": "A String", # [Output Only] The ID value of the disk used to create this InstantSnapshot. This value may be used to determine whether the InstantSnapshot was taken from the current or a previous instance of a given disk name. - "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the instantSnapshot. This can be CREATING, DELETING, FAILED, or READY. - "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. - }, - ], - "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning which replaces the list of instantSnapshots when the list is empty. - "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. - "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } - { - "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). - "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. - }, - ], - "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. - }, - }, - }, - "kind": "compute#instantSnapshotAggregatedList", # [Output Only] Type of resource. Always compute#instantSnapshotAggregatedList for aggregated lists of instantSnapshots. - "nextPageToken": "A String", # [Output Only] This token allows you to get the next page of results for list requests. If the number of results is larger than maxResults, use the nextPageToken as a value for the query parameter pageToken in the next list request. Subsequent list requests will have their own nextPageToken to continue paging through the results. - "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource. - "unreachables": [ # [Output Only] Unreachable resources. - "A String", - ], - "warning": { # [Output Only] Informational warning message. - "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. - "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } - { - "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). - "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. - }, - ], - "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. - }, -}---aggregatedList_next(previous_request, previous_response)-Retrieves the next page of results. - -Args: - previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) - previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) - -Returns: - A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next - page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ---close()Close httplib2 connections.@@ -247,9 +149,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -334,9 +233,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -570,9 +466,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -935,9 +828,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html index 4ba0b5a6051..b5734ba0b24 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -280,9 +280,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -583,9 +580,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -817,9 +811,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1107,9 +1098,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html index b34058e39ef..e747534cdeb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.interconnects.html @@ -154,9 +154,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -554,9 +551,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -800,9 +794,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1087,9 +1078,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html index dce7922ee8f..8c59f984266 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.licenses.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -365,9 +362,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 465fbdf1d4a..bc01707228a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -194,277 +191,6 @@Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent machine image by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. Currently only supported on Windows instances using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS). "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this machine image. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceProperties": { # [Output Only] Properties of source instance - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). - "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. - "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. - "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. - "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. - }, - "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. - }, - "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. - "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from these properties. - { # An instance-attached disk resource. - "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). - "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. - "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. - "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. - "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. - "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - }, - ], - "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. - "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. - "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. - "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. - "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures - { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - }, - ], - "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. - "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. - "A String", - ], - "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. - "A String", - ], - "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. - "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. - "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. - "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. - "A String", - ], - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. - "A String", - ], - "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - }, - "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. - "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. - "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. - "A String", - ], - "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. - "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. - "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. - "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk - "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - }, - "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk. - "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. - }, - "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. - { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. - "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. - "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. - }, - ], - "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from these properties. - "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from these properties. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. - "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. - { # Metadata - "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. - "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). - }, - ], - "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. - }, - "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform. - "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network access configurations for this interface. - { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. - "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. - { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. - "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. - "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. - "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. - "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. - "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. - }, - ], - "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. - { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. - "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). - "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. - }, - ], - "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. - "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. - { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. - "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. - "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. - "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. - "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. - "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. - }, - ], - "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. - "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. - "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. - "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default - "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. - "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. - "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. - { - "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. - "ipAllocationMode": "A String", - "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. - }, - ], - "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - }, - ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", - "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", - }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. - "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. - "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. - "A String", - ], - }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "A String", - ], - "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. - "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. - "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. - "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. - "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. - "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. - "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. - "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. - "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. - "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. - { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. - "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. - "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. - "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options. - "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. - "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. - }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "A String", - ], - "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. - { # A service account. - "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. - "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. - "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. - "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. - }, - "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Specifies the Shielded VM options for the instances that are created from these properties. - "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. - "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. - "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. - }, - "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these properties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. - "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image. "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -475,14 +201,6 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "savedDisks": [ # An array of Machine Image specific properties for disks attached to the source instance - { # An instance-attached disk resource. - "kind": "compute#savedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#savedDisk for attached disks. - "sourceDisk": "A String", # Specifies a URL of the disk attached to the source instance. - "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the individual disk snapshot used by this machine image. - "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. - }, - ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this machine image. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. @@ -566,9 +284,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -589,9 +307,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -615,7 +333,7 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon) "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. @@ -782,353 +500,74 @@Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent machine image by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. Currently only supported on Windows instances using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS). "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this machine image. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceProperties": { # [Output Only] Properties of source instance - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). - "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. - "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. - "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. - "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. - }, - "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. + "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image. + "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. + "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. + "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this machine image. The server defines this URL. + "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. + "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. + { + "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key + "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ + "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" + "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem + "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. + }, + "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk }, - "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. - "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from these properties. + ], + "sourceInstance": "A String", # The source instance used to create the machine image. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance + "sourceInstanceProperties": { # [Output Only] Properties of source instance. + "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on this machine image to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. + "deletionProtection": True or False, # Whether the instance created from this machine image should be protected against deletion. + "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from this machine image. + "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from this machine image. { # An instance-attached disk resource. "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. - "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. - "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. + "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance. + "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. - "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. + "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in base-2 GB. + "diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. { # Guest OS features. "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. }, ], - "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. - "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. - "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. - "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. - "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures - { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - }, - ], - "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. - "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. - "A String", - ], - "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. - "A String", - ], - "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. - "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. - "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. - "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. - "A String", - ], - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. - "A String", - ], - "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - }, - "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. - "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. + "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. + "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. + "kind": "compute#savedAttachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. "A String", ], - "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. - "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. - "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. - "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk - "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - }, - "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk. - "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], + "mode": "A String", # The mode in which this disk is attached to the source instance, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. + "source": "A String", # Specifies a URL of the disk attached to the source instance. + "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the disk's snapshot by this machine image. + "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. + "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the attached disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. - }, - "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. + "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from this machine image. { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. }, ], - "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from these properties. - "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from these properties. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. - "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. - { # Metadata - "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. - "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). - }, - ], - "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. - }, - "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform. - "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network access configurations for this interface. - { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. - "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. - { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. - "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. - "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. - "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. - "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. - "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. - }, - ], - "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. - { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. - "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). - "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. - }, - ], - "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. - "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. - { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. - "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. - "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. - "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. - "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. - "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. - }, - ], - "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. - "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. - "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. - "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default - "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. - "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. - "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. - { - "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. - "ipAllocationMode": "A String", - "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. - }, - ], - "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - }, - ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", - "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", - }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. - "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. - "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. - "A String", - ], - }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "A String", - ], - "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. - "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. - "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. - "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. - "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. - "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. - "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. - "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. - "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. - "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. - { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. - "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. - "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. - "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options. - "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. - "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. - }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "A String", - ], - "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. - { # A service account. - "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. - "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. - "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. - "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. - }, - "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Specifies the Shielded VM options for the instances that are created from these properties. - "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. - "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. - "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. - }, - "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these properties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. - "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, - "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image. - "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. - "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "savedDisks": [ # An array of Machine Image specific properties for disks attached to the source instance - { # An instance-attached disk resource. - "kind": "compute#savedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#savedDisk for attached disks. - "sourceDisk": "A String", # Specifies a URL of the disk attached to the source instance. - "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the individual disk snapshot used by this machine image. - "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. - }, - ], - "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this machine image. The server defines this URL. - "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. - "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. - { - "diskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "sourceDisk": "A String", # URL of the disk attached to the source instance. This can be a full or valid partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /disks/disk - projects/project/zones/zone/disks/disk - zones/zone/disks/disk - }, - ], - "sourceInstance": "A String", # The source instance used to create the machine image. You can provide this as a partial or full URL to the resource. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /instances/instance - projects/project/zones/zone/instances/instance - "sourceInstanceProperties": { # [Output Only] Properties of source instance. - "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on this machine image to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "deletionProtection": True or False, # Whether the instance created from this machine image should be protected against deletion. - "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from this machine image. - "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from this machine image. - { # An instance-attached disk resource. - "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). - "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. - "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies the name of the disk attached to the source instance. - "diskEncryptionKey": { # The encryption key for the disk. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in base-2 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the disk type resource. For example: projects/project /zones/zone/diskTypes/pd-standard or pd-ssd - "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - }, - ], - "index": 42, # Specifies zero-based index of the disk that is attached to the source instance. - "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. - "kind": "compute#savedAttachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. - "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. - "A String", - ], - "mode": "A String", # The mode in which this disk is attached to the source instance, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. - "source": "A String", # Specifies a URL of the disk attached to the source instance. - "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] A size of the storage used by the disk's snapshot by this machine image. - "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. - "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the attached disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. - }, - ], - "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from this machine image. - { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. - "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. - "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. - }, - ], - "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from this machine image. + "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from this machine image. "a_key": "A String", }, "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from this machine image. @@ -1154,9 +593,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1177,9 +616,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1203,7 +642,7 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon) "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. @@ -1280,9 +719,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1339,277 +775,6 @@Method Details
"description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. "guestFlush": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to attempt an application consistent machine image by informing the OS to prepare for the snapshot process. Currently only supported on Windows instances using the Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS). "id": "A String", # [Output Only] A unique identifier for this machine image. The server defines this identifier. - "instanceProperties": { # [Output Only] Properties of source instance - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). - "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. - "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. - "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. - "visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. - }, - "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. - }, - "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. - "disks": [ # An array of disks that are associated with the instances that are created from these properties. - { # An instance-attached disk resource. - "autoDelete": True or False, # Specifies whether the disk will be auto-deleted when the instance is deleted (but not when the disk is detached from the instance). - "boot": True or False, # Indicates that this is a boot disk. The virtual machine will use the first partition of the disk for its root filesystem. - "deviceName": "A String", # Specifies a unique device name of your choice that is reflected into the /dev/disk/by-id/google-* tree of a Linux operating system running within the instance. This name can be used to reference the device for mounting, resizing, and so on, from within the instance. If not specified, the server chooses a default device name to apply to this disk, in the form persistent-disk-x, where x is a number assigned by Google Compute Engine. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. - "diskEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts or decrypts a disk using a customer-supplied encryption key. If you are creating a new disk, this field encrypts the new disk using an encryption key that you provide. If you are attaching an existing disk that is already encrypted, this field decrypts the disk using the customer-supplied encryption key. If you encrypt a disk using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key again when you attempt to use this resource at a later time. For example, you must provide the key when you create a snapshot or an image from the disk or when you attach the disk to a virtual machine instance. If you do not provide an encryption key, then the disk will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the disk later. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot use your own keys to encrypt disks in a managed instance group. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # The size of the disk in GB. - "forceAttach": True or False, # [Input Only] Whether to force attach the regional disk even if it's currently attached to another instance. If you try to force attach a zonal disk to an instance, you will receive an error. - "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - }, - ], - "index": 42, # [Output Only] A zero-based index to this disk, where 0 is reserved for the boot disk. If you have many disks attached to an instance, each disk would have a unique index number. - "initializeParams": { # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. # [Input Only] Specifies the parameters for a new disk that will be created alongside the new instance. Use initialization parameters to create boot disks or local SSDs attached to the new instance. This property is mutually exclusive with the source property; you can only define one or the other, but not both. - "description": "A String", # An optional description. Provide this property when creating the disk. - "diskName": "A String", # Specifies the disk name. If not specified, the default is to use the name of the instance. If a disk with the same name already exists in the given region, the existing disk is attached to the new instance and the new disk is not created. - "diskSizeGb": "A String", # Specifies the size of the disk in base-2 GB. The size must be at least 10 GB. If you specify a sourceImage, which is required for boot disks, the default size is the size of the sourceImage. If you do not specify a sourceImage, the default disk size is 500 GB. - "diskType": "A String", # Specifies the disk type to use to create the instance. If not specified, the default is pd-standard, specified using the full URL. For example: https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/pd-standard For a full list of acceptable values, see Persistent disk types. If you define this field, you can provide either the full or partial URL. For example, the following are valid values: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/zones/zone /diskTypes/diskType - projects/project/zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType - zones/zone/diskTypes/diskType Note that for InstanceTemplate, this is the name of the disk type, not URL. - "guestOsFeatures": [ # A list of features to enable on the guest operating system. Applicable only for bootable images. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. Guest OS features are applied by merging initializeParams.guestOsFeatures and disks.guestOsFeatures - { # Guest OS features. - "type": "A String", # The ID of a supported feature. Read Enabling guest operating system features to see a list of available options. - }, - ], - "interface": "A String", # [Deprecated] Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. - "labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "licenseCodes": [ # Integer license codes indicating which licenses are attached to this disk. - "A String", - ], - "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. - "A String", - ], - "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. - "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. - "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. - "replicaZones": [ # URLs of the zones where the disk should be replicated to. Only applicable for regional resources. - "A String", - ], - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. - "A String", - ], - "sourceImage": "A String", # The source image to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with one of the public operating system images, specify the image by its family name. For example, specify family/debian-9 to use the latest Debian 9 image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/family/debian-9 Alternatively, use a specific version of a public operating system image: projects/debian-cloud/global/images/debian-9-stretch-vYYYYMMDD To create a disk with a custom image that you created, specify the image name in the following format: global/images/my-custom-image You can also specify a custom image by its image family, which returns the latest version of the image in that family. Replace the image name with family/family-name: global/images/family/my-image-family If the source image is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceImageEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. - "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. - "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key - "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "A String", # The service account being used for the encryption request for the given KMS key. If absent, the Compute Engine default service account is used. For example: "kmsKeyServiceAccount": "name@project_id.iam.gserviceaccount.com/ - "rawKey": "A String", # Specifies a 256-bit customer-supplied encryption key, encoded in RFC 4648 base64 to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rawKey": "SGVsbG8gZnJvbSBHb29nbGUgQ2xvdWQgUGxhdGZvcm0=" - "rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem - "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. - }, - }, - "interface": "A String", # Specifies the disk interface to use for attaching this disk, which is either SCSI or NVME. The default is SCSI. Persistent disks must always use SCSI and the request will fail if you attempt to attach a persistent disk in any other format than SCSI. Local SSDs can use either NVME or SCSI. For performance characteristics of SCSI over NVMe, see Local SSD performance. - "kind": "compute#attachedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#attachedDisk for attached disks. - "licenses": [ # [Output Only] Any valid publicly visible licenses. - "A String", - ], - "locked": True or False, # [Output Only] Whether to indicate the attached disk is locked. The locked disk is not allowed to be detached from the instance, or to be used as the source of the snapshot creation, and the image creation. The instance with at least one locked attached disk is not allow to be used as source of machine image creation, instant snapshot creation, and not allowed to be deleted with --keep-disk parameter set to true for locked disks. - "mode": "A String", # The mode in which to attach this disk, either READ_WRITE or READ_ONLY. If not specified, the default is to attach the disk in READ_WRITE mode. - "savedState": "A String", # For LocalSSD disks on VM Instances in STOPPED or SUSPENDED state, this field is set to PRESERVED if the LocalSSD data has been saved to a persistent location by customer request. (see the discard_local_ssd option on Stop/Suspend). Read-only in the api. - "shieldedInstanceInitialState": { # Initial State for shielded instance, these are public keys which are safe to store in public # [Output Only] shielded vm initial state stored on disk - "dbs": [ # The Key Database (db). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "dbxs": [ # The forbidden key database (dbx). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "keks": [ # The Key Exchange Key (KEK). - { - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - ], - "pk": { # The Platform Key (PK). - "content": "A String", # The raw content in the secure keys file. - "fileType": "A String", # The file type of source file. - }, - }, - "source": "A String", # Specifies a valid partial or full URL to an existing Persistent Disk resource. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceImage or initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or disks.source is required except for local SSD. If desired, you can also attach existing non-root persistent disks using this property. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. Note that for InstanceTemplate, specify the disk name, not the URL for the disk. - "type": "A String", # Specifies the type of the disk, either SCRATCH or PERSISTENT. If not specified, the default is PERSISTENT. - "userLicenses": [ # [Output Only] A list of user provided licenses. It represents a list of URLs to the license resource. Unlike regular licenses, user provided licenses can be modified after the disk is created. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. - }, - "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. - { # A specification of the type and number of accelerator cards attached to the instance. - "acceleratorCount": 42, # The number of the guest accelerator cards exposed to this instance. - "acceleratorType": "A String", # Full or partial URL of the accelerator type resource to attach to this instance. For example: projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-c/acceleratorTypes/nvidia-tesla-p100 If you are creating an instance template, specify only the accelerator name. See GPUs on Compute Engine for a full list of accelerator types. - }, - ], - "labels": { # Labels to apply to instances that are created from these properties. - "a_key": "A String", - }, - "machineType": "A String", # The machine type to use for instances that are created from these properties. - "metadata": { # A metadata key/value entry. # The metadata key/value pairs to assign to instances that are created from these properties. These pairs can consist of custom metadata or predefined keys. See Project and instance metadata for more information. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the metadata's contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update metadata. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change metadata, otherwise the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the resource. - "items": [ # Array of key/value pairs. The total size of all keys and values must be less than 512 KB. - { # Metadata - "key": "A String", # Key for the metadata entry. Keys must conform to the following regexp: [a-zA-Z0-9-_]+, and be less than 128 bytes in length. This is reflected as part of a URL in the metadata server. Additionally, to avoid ambiguity, keys must not conflict with any other metadata keys for the project. - "value": "A String", # Value for the metadata entry. These are free-form strings, and only have meaning as interpreted by the image running in the instance. The only restriction placed on values is that their size must be less than or equal to 262144 bytes (256 KiB). - }, - ], - "kind": "compute#metadata", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#metadata for metadata. - }, - "minCpuPlatform": "A String", # Minimum cpu/platform to be used by instances. The instance may be scheduled on the specified or newer cpu/platform. Applicable values are the friendly names of CPU platforms, such as minCpuPlatform: "Intel Haswell" or minCpuPlatform: "Intel Sandy Bridge". For more information, read Specifying a Minimum CPU Platform. - "networkInterfaces": [ # An array of network access configurations for this interface. - { # A network interface resource attached to an instance. - "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. - { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. - "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. - "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. - "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. - "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. - "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. - }, - ], - "aliasIpRanges": [ # An array of alias IP ranges for this network interface. You can only specify this field for network interfaces in VPC networks. - { # An alias IP range attached to an instance's network interface. - "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The IP alias ranges to allocate for this interface. This IP CIDR range must belong to the specified subnetwork and cannot contain IP addresses reserved by system or used by other network interfaces. This range may be a single IP address (such as 10.2.3.4), a netmask (such as /24) or a CIDR-formatted string (such as 10.1.2.0/24). - "subnetworkRangeName": "A String", # The name of a subnetwork secondary IP range from which to allocate an IP alias range. If not specified, the primary range of the subnetwork is used. - }, - ], - "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. - "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. - { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. - "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. - "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. - "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. - "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. - "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. - }, - ], - "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. - "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. - "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. - "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used; if the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default - "networkIP": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this network interface. If not specified by the user, an unused internal IP is assigned by the system. - "nicType": "A String", # The type of vNIC to be used on this interface. This may be gVNIC or VirtioNet. - "queueCount": 42, # The networking queue count that's specified by users for the network interface. Both Rx and Tx queues will be set to this number. It'll be empty if not specified by the users. - "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this network interface to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at instance creation and update network interface operations. - "subinterfaces": [ # SubInterfaces help enable L2 communication for the instance over subnetworks that support L2. Every network interface will get a default untagged (vlan not specified) subinterface. Users can specify additional tagged subinterfaces which are sub-fields to the Network Interface. - { - "ipAddress": "A String", # An IPv4 internal IP address to assign to the instance for this subinterface. If specified, ip_allocation_mode should be set to ALLOCATE_IP. - "ipAllocationMode": "A String", - "subnetwork": "A String", # If specified, this subnetwork must belong to the same network as that of the network interface. If not specified the subnet of network interface will be used. If you specify this property, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - "vlan": 42, # VLAN tag. Should match the VLAN(s) supported by the subnetwork to which this subinterface is connecting. - }, - ], - "subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork - }, - ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", - "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", - }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. - "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. - "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. - "A String", - ], - }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "A String", - ], - "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. - "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. - "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. - "currentCpus": 42, # Current number of vCPUs available for VM. 0 or unset means default vCPUs of the current machine type. - "currentMemoryMb": "A String", # Current amount of memory (in MB) available for VM. 0 or unset means default amount of memory of the current machine type. - "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. - "instanceTerminationAction": "A String", # Specifies the termination action for the instance. - "latencyTolerant": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is tolerant of higher cpu latency. This can only be set during instance creation, or when the instance is not currently running. It must not be set if the preemptible option is also set. - "locationHint": "A String", # An opaque location hint used to place the instance close to other resources. This field is for use by internal tools that use the public API. - "maintenanceFreezeDurationHours": 42, # Specifies the number of hours after VM instance creation where the VM won't be scheduled for maintenance. - "maintenanceInterval": "A String", # For more information about maintenance intervals, see Setting maintenance intervals. - "minNodeCpus": 42, # The minimum number of virtual CPUs this instance will consume when running on a sole-tenant node. - "nodeAffinities": [ # A set of node affinity and anti-affinity configurations. Refer to Configuring node affinity for more information. Overrides reservationAffinity. - { # Node Affinity: the configuration of desired nodes onto which this Instance could be scheduled. - "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of Node resource. - "operator": "A String", # Defines the operation of node selection. Valid operators are IN for affinity and NOT_IN for anti-affinity. - "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of Node resource. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "onHostMaintenance": "A String", # Defines the maintenance behavior for this instance. For standard instances, the default behavior is MIGRATE. For preemptible instances, the default and only possible behavior is TERMINATE. For more information, see Setting Instance Scheduling Options. - "preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. - "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. - }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "A String", - ], - "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. - { # A service account. - "email": "A String", # Email address of the service account. - "scopes": [ # The list of scopes to be made available for this service account. - "A String", - ], - }, - ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. - "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. - "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. - }, - "shieldedVmConfig": { # A set of Shielded VM options. # Specifies the Shielded VM options for the instances that are created from these properties. - "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. - "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. - "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. - }, - "tags": { # A set of instance tags. # A list of tags to apply to the instances that are created from these properties. The tags identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls. The setTags method can modify this list of tags. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035. - "fingerprint": "A String", # Specifies a fingerprint for this request, which is essentially a hash of the tags' contents and used for optimistic locking. The fingerprint is initially generated by Compute Engine and changes after every request to modify or update tags. You must always provide an up-to-date fingerprint hash in order to update or change tags. To see the latest fingerprint, make get() request to the instance. - "items": [ # An array of tags. Each tag must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. - "A String", - ], - }, - }, "kind": "compute#machineImage", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#machineImage for machine image. "machineImageEncryptionKey": { # Encrypts the machine image using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a machine image using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the machine image later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create an instance from the encrypted machine image in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the machine image. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the machine image, then the machine image will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the machine image later. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -1620,14 +785,6 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. - "savedDisks": [ # An array of Machine Image specific properties for disks attached to the source instance - { # An instance-attached disk resource. - "kind": "compute#savedDisk", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#savedDisk for attached disks. - "sourceDisk": "A String", # Specifies a URL of the disk attached to the source instance. - "storageBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] Size of the individual disk snapshot used by this machine image. - "storageBytesStatus": "A String", # [Output Only] An indicator whether storageBytes is in a stable state or it is being adjusted as a result of shared storage reallocation. This status can either be UPDATING, meaning the size of the snapshot is being updated, or UP_TO_DATE, meaning the size of the snapshot is up-to-date. - }, - ], "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL for this machine image. The server defines this URL. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource with the resource id. "sourceDiskEncryptionKeys": [ # [Input Only] The customer-supplied encryption key of the disks attached to the source instance. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. @@ -1711,9 +868,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1734,9 +891,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1760,7 +917,7 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon) "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "availabilityDomain": 42, # Specifies the availability domain (AD), which this instance should be scheduled on. The AD belongs to the spread GroupPlacementPolicy resource policy that has been assigned to the instance. Specify a value between 1-max count of availability domains in your GroupPlacementPolicy. See go/placement-policy-extension for more details. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html index 39d81dacc8b..fcf0d0f19bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEdgeSecurityServices.html @@ -221,9 +221,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -335,9 +332,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -421,9 +415,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html index 5c538775d37..290e08343e3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -285,9 +285,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -358,9 +355,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -443,9 +437,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -626,9 +617,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html index 9de2e6d6e91..cc047a1e0a6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -176,9 +176,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -299,9 +296,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -367,9 +361,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -439,9 +430,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -875,9 +863,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1150,9 +1135,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1272,9 +1254,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1340,9 +1319,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1408,9 +1384,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index c6eeee35f6e..dee937c12ff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -192,9 +192,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -264,9 +261,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -460,7 +454,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -647,9 +641,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1044,9 +1035,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1118,9 +1106,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1185,9 +1170,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1303,9 +1285,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html index ecbf17ecf23..49ec3a19fcb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html @@ -169,9 +169,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -358,9 +355,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -435,9 +429,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -720,9 +711,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1018,9 +1006,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1305,9 +1290,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html index c81656fbd81..b7dcf258a2c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeTemplates.html @@ -258,9 +258,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -528,9 +525,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html index cde64ffa618..c097aa56c7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.organizationSecurityPolicies.html @@ -171,9 +171,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -319,9 +316,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -391,9 +385,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -457,9 +448,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -907,9 +895,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1180,9 +1165,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1373,9 +1355,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1522,9 +1501,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1589,9 +1565,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1656,9 +1629,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html index 6631c814c23..b5dbde72232 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.packetMirrorings.html @@ -263,9 +263,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -444,9 +441,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -662,9 +656,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html index 7df77edd41a..32805bc059e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.projects.html @@ -165,9 +165,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -241,9 +238,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -307,9 +301,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -383,9 +374,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -703,9 +691,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -777,9 +762,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -857,9 +839,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -930,9 +909,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1003,9 +979,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1077,9 +1050,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index 6253b710501..8041a2b3144 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -269,9 +266,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -439,9 +433,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index c6acc25b3d4..c6bb910273c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -240,9 +240,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -381,9 +378,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -559,9 +553,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html index 076a5ef27cc..8fa816deb60 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionAutoscalers.html @@ -143,9 +143,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -382,9 +379,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -658,9 +652,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -837,9 +828,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html index aeb7bce018a..d37dd24f179 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionBackendServices.html @@ -152,9 +152,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -242,7 +239,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -799,7 +796,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1180,9 +1177,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1277,7 +1271,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1713,7 +1707,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -2094,9 +2088,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2423,7 +2414,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -2804,9 +2795,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html index d67050f93f4..e28039092a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionCommitments.html @@ -493,9 +493,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -823,9 +820,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -952,9 +946,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index 57ebbdd99de..201b2fbf947 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -165,9 +165,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -301,9 +298,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -369,9 +363,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -730,9 +721,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -944,9 +932,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1019,9 +1004,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1309,9 +1291,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1498,9 +1477,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html index 7592d2860cb..2a5b650c6e5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthCheckServices.html @@ -239,9 +239,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -372,9 +369,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -542,9 +536,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html index 150d78f64e2..0fd77ac6863 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionHealthChecks.html @@ -143,9 +143,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -384,9 +381,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -662,9 +656,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -842,9 +833,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index a4104bf574a..c2e5299ce26 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -216,9 +216,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -296,9 +293,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -412,9 +406,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -480,9 +471,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -559,9 +547,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -635,9 +620,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1022,9 +1004,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1726,9 +1705,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1837,9 +1813,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1914,9 +1887,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1983,9 +1953,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2059,9 +2026,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2136,9 +2100,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2222,9 +2183,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2297,9 +2255,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2375,9 +2330,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2452,9 +2404,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2530,9 +2479,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2608,9 +2554,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2861,9 +2804,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2972,9 +2912,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html index 6517d7518ad..36b9c22b5ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroups.html @@ -340,9 +340,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index 4851ab75615..69ce2c3e186 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -266,9 +266,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -289,9 +289,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@Method Details
"zone": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the zone where the instance resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. }, "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "enableUefiNetworking": True or False, # Whether to enable UEFI networking for instance creation. "numaNodeCount": 42, # The number of vNUMA nodes. @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@Method Details
"visibleCoreCount": 42, # The number of physical cores to expose to an instance. Multiply by the number of threads per core to compute the total number of virtual CPUs to expose to the instance. If unset, the number of cores is inferred from the instance's nominal CPU count and the underlying platform's SMT width. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -576,9 +576,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -599,9 +599,9 @@Method Details
"natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. "publicDnsName": "A String", # [Output Only] The public DNS domain name for the instance. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. "setPublicDns": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'A' record should be created for the external IP address of this access configuration. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -625,20 +625,20 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -666,7 +666,7 @@Method Details
"preemptible": True or False, # Defines whether the instance is preemptible. This can only be set during instance creation or while the instance is stopped and therefore, in a `TERMINATED` state. See Instance Life Cycle for more information on the possible instance states. "provisioningModel": "A String", # Specifies the provisioning model of the instance. }, - "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "secureTags": [ # [Input Only] Secure tags to apply to this instance. Maximum number of secure tags allowed is 50. "A String", ], "serviceAccounts": [ # A list of service accounts with specified scopes. Access tokens for these service accounts are available to the instances that are created from these properties. Use metadata queries to obtain the access tokens for these instances. @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -740,9 +740,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 9d91752748d..a4f176d5abf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -149,9 +149,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -236,9 +233,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -472,9 +466,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -837,9 +828,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 2e6617af760..39751af01c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -134,9 +134,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -317,9 +314,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index 457937edddb..5f431ce1fee 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -180,9 +180,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -304,9 +301,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -373,9 +367,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -446,9 +437,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -706,7 +694,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -1020,9 +1008,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1297,9 +1282,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1420,9 +1402,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1489,9 +1468,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1558,9 +1534,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index 654a50ed835..240193d1cc5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -233,9 +233,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -360,9 +357,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html index 0fdeaadc334..a23ffc82fad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionOperations.html @@ -148,9 +148,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -222,9 +219,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -318,9 +312,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html index ae10ae816d8..b0a274b6723 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSecurityPolicies.html @@ -137,9 +137,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -473,9 +470,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -848,9 +842,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html index 7d36529975d..dafbe827ee8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html @@ -137,9 +137,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -286,9 +283,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html index f7a163fa1a4..1c9cdf2c666 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpProxies.html @@ -140,9 +140,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -261,9 +258,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -406,9 +400,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 14a4892f79f..de4d2ff5a1c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -143,9 +143,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -284,9 +281,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -441,9 +435,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -516,9 +507,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html index 599629d9c3a..21633f97d05 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionUrlMaps.html @@ -149,9 +149,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1370,9 +1367,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1446,9 +1440,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2704,9 +2695,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3374,9 +3362,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html index 9278ab38c36..23de53c1924 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.reservations.html @@ -279,9 +279,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -579,9 +576,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -761,9 +755,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1132,9 +1123,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html index d91e6ea311b..ca16aa569dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.resourcePolicies.html @@ -307,9 +307,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -673,9 +670,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html index 5cad9b4a83f..a7c5a45f6f6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routers.html @@ -357,9 +357,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1080,9 +1077,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1456,9 +1450,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1959,9 +1950,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html index 5f442cb043f..1c056f3fa21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.routes.html @@ -136,9 +136,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -315,9 +312,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html index 7eb1e84c4d8..29af9ff64eb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.securityPolicies.html @@ -240,9 +240,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -507,9 +504,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -937,9 +931,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1350,9 +1341,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1500,9 +1488,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1567,9 +1552,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1643,9 +1625,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html index bf512291104..ba1e3743402 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html @@ -260,9 +260,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -528,9 +525,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -728,9 +722,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index 7b8eef608d4..7473b7da180 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -145,9 +145,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -452,9 +449,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -850,9 +844,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html index c6aa88674db..4f2bd7eb2c5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html @@ -243,9 +243,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -390,9 +387,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html index 6cb467b861e..3d0e09dbc67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslPolicies.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -403,9 +400,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -727,9 +721,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index 663df55ccf8..c746eef9bf1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -289,9 +289,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -364,9 +361,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -666,9 +660,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -966,9 +957,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -1253,9 +1241,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html index 35e3acba13a..f8905cc1d0e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html @@ -139,9 +139,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -250,9 +247,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -398,9 +392,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html index 99023c1d541..9ad6fdf0718 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html @@ -235,9 +235,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -354,9 +351,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -510,9 +504,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -584,9 +575,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html index a3be8d63a47..37545ea663a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -257,9 +257,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -396,9 +393,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -572,9 +566,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -646,9 +637,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -720,9 +708,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -796,9 +781,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -870,9 +852,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -944,9 +923,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html index a08c06f4d1c..2a015a82d61 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetInstances.html @@ -227,9 +227,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -342,9 +339,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html index 9c60ef084e9..83060f7f3c6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetPools.html @@ -167,9 +167,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -246,9 +243,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -409,9 +403,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -579,9 +570,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -731,9 +719,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -810,9 +795,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -886,9 +868,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html index 0582db937c1..550dba9ac46 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetSslProxies.html @@ -151,9 +151,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -268,9 +265,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -410,9 +404,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -484,9 +475,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -558,9 +546,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -634,9 +619,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -708,9 +690,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html index 9bfa4e7ab43..2fc39b9c196 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetTcpProxies.html @@ -142,9 +142,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -251,9 +248,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -389,9 +383,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -463,9 +454,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html index ddc88dd04ba..3029a65c861 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetVpnGateways.html @@ -238,9 +238,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -369,9 +366,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -522,9 +516,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html index 39d35aa8ffd..05f1fdbf856 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.urlMaps.html @@ -791,9 +791,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2010,9 +2007,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -2085,9 +2079,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -3341,9 +3332,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -4009,9 +3997,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html index f3655f64b2a..ad3b144458e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnGateways.html @@ -242,9 +242,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -414,9 +411,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -568,9 +562,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html index 3bbaf7de391..6a354ccdf1b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.vpnTunnels.html @@ -249,9 +249,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -402,9 +399,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -566,9 +560,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html index 883b9e4faa6..05cc6ba9783 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.zoneOperations.html @@ -148,9 +148,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -222,9 +219,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. @@ -318,9 +312,6 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "metadata": { # [Output Only] Service-specific metadata attached to this operation. - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. - }, "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html index 17236504e95..bb863d4ce6d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendBuckets.html @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html index f71093906c4..56030e0be34 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.backendServices.html @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -391,7 +391,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. }, @@ -630,7 +629,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -754,7 +753,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } @@ -960,7 +958,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1084,7 +1082,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } @@ -1209,7 +1206,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1333,7 +1330,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. }, @@ -1420,7 +1416,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1544,7 +1540,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } @@ -2039,7 +2034,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -2163,7 +2158,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html index 3f32bd6bc27..e0695547b30 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.firewalls.html @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index 51f3c45eb08..22f32302e9a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -192,12 +192,12 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -328,8 +328,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -348,8 +348,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -365,19 +365,19 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -561,12 +561,12 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -663,7 +663,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -697,8 +697,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -717,8 +717,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -734,19 +734,19 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -894,12 +894,12 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -1030,8 +1030,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1050,8 +1050,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1067,19 +1067,19 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 814929a8d6c..444595cde80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -253,8 +253,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. } @@ -562,8 +562,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -582,8 +582,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -899,12 +899,12 @@Method Details
{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests. "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create. "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1001,7 +1001,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -1035,8 +1035,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1055,8 +1055,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1072,19 +1072,19 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1116,7 +1116,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -1572,8 +1572,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1592,8 +1592,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -2292,8 +2292,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2312,8 +2312,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2642,8 +2642,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2662,8 +2662,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -4788,8 +4788,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -4808,8 +4808,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -4994,8 +4994,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. } @@ -5147,8 +5147,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -5167,8 +5167,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index 8c4ed68185a..92de184bb8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -281,8 +281,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -301,8 +301,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon) "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. @@ -572,8 +572,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -592,8 +592,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon) "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. @@ -828,8 +828,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -848,8 +848,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -865,7 +865,7 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. (will be deprecated soon) "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from this machine image. "automaticRestart": True or False, # Specifies whether the instance should be automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine (not terminated by a user). You can only set the automatic restart option for standard instances. Preemptible instances cannot be automatically restarted. By default, this is set to true so an instance is automatically restarted if it is terminated by Compute Engine. "hostErrorTimeoutSeconds": 42, # Specify the time in seconds for host error detection, the value must be within the range of [90, 330] with the increment of 30, if unset, the default behavior of host error recovery will be used. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html index 8f7cb461c2b..456f71ed74e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.networks.html @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html index 263cd55a1d6..00ee4bb6a46 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionBackendServices.html @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -362,7 +362,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } @@ -571,7 +570,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -695,7 +694,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } @@ -821,7 +819,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -945,7 +943,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. }, @@ -1033,7 +1030,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1157,7 +1154,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } @@ -1515,7 +1511,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1639,7 +1635,6 @@Method Details
"sessionAffinity": "A String", # Type of session affinity to use. The default is NONE. For a detailed description of session affinity options, see: [Session affinity](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/backend-service#session_affinity). Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. "subsetting": { # Subsetting configuration for this BackendService. Currently this is applicable only for Internal TCP/UDP load balancing, Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and Traffic Director. "policy": "A String", - "subsetSize": 42, # The number of backends per backend group assigned to each proxy instance or each service mesh client. An input parameter to the `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING` algorithm. Can only be set if `policy` is set to `CONSISTENT_HASH_SUBSETTING`. Can only be set if load balancing scheme is `INTERNAL_MANAGED` or `INTERNAL_SELF_MANAGED`. `subset_size` is optional for Internal HTTP(S) load balancing and required for Traffic Director. If you do not provide this value, Cloud Load Balancing will calculate it dynamically to optimize the number of proxies/clients visible to each backend and vice versa. Must be greater than 0. If `subset_size` is larger than the number of backends/endpoints, then subsetting is disabled. }, "timeoutSec": 42, # Not supported when the backend service is referenced by a URL map that is bound to target gRPC proxy that has validateForProxyless field set to true. Instead, use maxStreamDuration. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index 0a0305011e9..6b6a77d1732 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -137,9 +137,6 @@Instance Methods
resize(project, region, instanceGroupManager, size, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Changes the intended size of the managed instance group. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.
--
-resizeAdvanced(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Resizes the regional managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted.
Modifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch instead.
@@ -1676,78 +1673,6 @@Method Details
}--resizeAdvanced(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Resizes the regional managed instance group with advanced configuration options like disabling creation retries. This is an extended version of the resize method. If you increase the size, the group creates new instances using the current instance template. If you decrease the size, the group deletes one or more instances. The resize operation is marked DONE if the resize request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the creating or deleting actions with the get or listmanagedinstances method. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is removed or deleted. - -Args: - project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) - region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035. (required) - instanceGroupManager: string, The name of the managed instance group. It must be a string that meets the requirements in RFC1035. (required) - body: object, The request body. - The object takes the form of: - -{ - "noCreationRetries": True or False, # If this flag is true, the managed instance group attempts to create all instances initiated by this resize request only once. If there is an error during creation, the managed instance group does not retry create this instance, and we will decrease the targetSize of the request instead. If the flag is false, the group attempts to recreate each instance continuously until it succeeds. This flag matters only in the first attempt of creation of an instance. After an instance is successfully created while this flag is enabled, the instance behaves the same way as all the other instances created with a regular resize request. In particular, if a running instance dies unexpectedly at a later time and needs to be recreated, this mode does not affect the recreation behavior in that scenario. This flag is applicable only to the current resize request. It does not influence other resize requests in any way. You can see which instances ar being created in which mode by calling the get or listManagedInstances API. - "targetSize": 42, # The number of running instances that the managed instance group should maintain at any given time. The group automatically adds or removes instances to maintain the number of instances specified by this parameter. -} - - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). - x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. - Allowed values - 1 - v1 error format - 2 - v2 error format - -Returns: - An object of the form: - - { # Represents an Operation resource. Google Compute Engine has three Operation resources: * [Global](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/globalOperations) * [Regional](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/regionOperations) * [Zonal](/compute/docs/reference/rest/beta/zoneOperations) You can use an operation resource to manage asynchronous API requests. For more information, read Handling API responses. Operations can be global, regional or zonal. - For global operations, use the `globalOperations` resource. - For regional operations, use the `regionOperations` resource. - For zonal operations, use the `zonalOperations` resource. For more information, read Global, Regional, and Zonal Resources. - "clientOperationId": "A String", # [Output Only] The value of `requestId` if you provided it in the request. Not present otherwise. - "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Deprecated] This field is deprecated. - "description": "A String", # [Output Only] A textual description of the operation, which is set when the operation is created. - "endTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was completed. This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "error": { # [Output Only] If errors are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. - "errors": [ # [Output Only] The array of errors encountered while processing this operation. - { - "code": "A String", # [Output Only] The error type identifier for this error. - "location": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates the field in the request that caused the error. This property is optional. - "message": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional, human-readable error message. - }, - ], - }, - "httpErrorMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error message that was returned, such as `NOT FOUND`. - "httpErrorStatusCode": 42, # [Output Only] If the operation fails, this field contains the HTTP error status code that was returned. For example, a `404` means the resource was not found. - "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the operation. This identifier is defined by the server. - "insertTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was requested. This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "kind": "compute#operation", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always `compute#operation` for Operation resources. - "name": "A String", # [Output Only] Name of the operation. - "operationGroupId": "A String", # [Output Only] An ID that represents a group of operations, such as when a group of operations results from a `bulkInsert` API request. - "operationType": "A String", # [Output Only] The type of operation, such as `insert`, `update`, or `delete`, and so on. - "progress": 42, # [Output Only] An optional progress indicator that ranges from 0 to 100. There is no requirement that this be linear or support any granularity of operations. This should not be used to guess when the operation will be complete. This number should monotonically increase as the operation progresses. - "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing regional operations. - "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. - "startTime": "A String", # [Output Only] The time that this operation was started by the server. This value is in RFC3339 text format. - "status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the operation, which can be one of the following: `PENDING`, `RUNNING`, or `DONE`. - "statusMessage": "A String", # [Output Only] An optional textual description of the current status of the operation. - "targetId": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique target ID, which identifies a specific incarnation of the target resource. - "targetLink": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the resource that the operation modifies. For operations related to creating a snapshot, this points to the persistent disk that the snapshot was created from. - "user": "A String", # [Output Only] User who requested the operation, for example: `user@example.com`. - "warnings": [ # [Output Only] If warning messages are generated during processing of the operation, this field will be populated. - { - "code": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning code, if applicable. For example, Compute Engine returns NO_RESULTS_ON_PAGE if there are no results in the response. - "data": [ # [Output Only] Metadata about this warning in key: value format. For example: "data": [ { "key": "scope", "value": "zones/us-east1-d" } - { - "key": "A String", # [Output Only] A key that provides more detail on the warning being returned. For example, for warnings where there are no results in a list request for a particular zone, this key might be scope and the key value might be the zone name. Other examples might be a key indicating a deprecated resource and a suggested replacement, or a warning about invalid network settings (for example, if an instance attempts to perform IP forwarding but is not enabled for IP forwarding). - "value": "A String", # [Output Only] A warning data value corresponding to the key. - }, - ], - "message": "A String", # [Output Only] A human-readable description of the warning code. - }, - ], - "zone": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the zone where the operation resides. Only applicable when performing per-zone operations. -}-@@ -405,7 +409,7 @@setAutoHealingPolicies(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Modifies the autohealing policy for the instances in this managed instance group. [Deprecated] This method is deprecated. Use regionInstanceGroupManagers.patch instead. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index aa37f56b95c..de7eafe9e04 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -94,12 +94,12 @@Method Details
{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests. "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create. "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "displayDevice": { # A set of Display Device options # Display Device properties to enable support for remote display products like: Teradici, VNC and TeamViewer "enableDisplay": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Display enabled. }, "guestAccelerators": [ # A list of guest accelerator cards' type and count to use for instances created from these properties. @@ -230,8 +230,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -250,8 +250,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -267,19 +267,19 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "networkPerformanceConfig": { # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, - "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.(will be deprecated soon) + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html index 505bf77d009..d13f4ffe46e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.routers.html @@ -212,14 +212,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. @@ -461,14 +459,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. @@ -932,14 +928,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. @@ -1130,14 +1124,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. @@ -1290,14 +1282,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. @@ -1476,14 +1466,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. @@ -1604,14 +1592,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. @@ -1768,14 +1754,12 @@Method Details
"drainNatIps": [ # A list of URLs of the IP resources to be drained. These IPs must be valid static external IPs that have been assigned to the NAT. These IPs should be used for updating/patching a NAT only. "A String", ], - "enableDynamicPortAllocation": True or False, # Enable Dynamic Port Allocation. If not specified, it is disabled by default. If set to true, - Dynamic Port Allocation will be enabled on this NAT config. - enableEndpointIndependentMapping cannot be set to true. - If minPorts is set, minPortsPerVm must be set to a power of two greater than or equal to 32. If minPortsPerVm is not set, a minimum of 32 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "enableEndpointIndependentMapping": True or False, "icmpIdleTimeoutSec": 42, # Timeout (in seconds) for ICMP connections. Defaults to 30s if not set. "logConfig": { # Configuration of logging on a NAT. # Configure logging on this NAT. "enable": True or False, # Indicates whether or not to export logs. This is false by default. "filter": "A String", # Specify the desired filtering of logs on this NAT. If unspecified, logs are exported for all connections handled by this NAT. This option can take one of the following values: - ERRORS_ONLY: Export logs only for connection failures. - TRANSLATIONS_ONLY: Export logs only for successful connections. - ALL: Export logs for all connections, successful and unsuccessful. }, - "maxPortsPerVm": 42, # Maximum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config when Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled. If Dynamic Port Allocation is not enabled, this field has no effect. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled, and this field is set, it must be set to a power of two greater than minPortsPerVm, or 64 if minPortsPerVm is not set. If Dynamic Port Allocation is enabled and this field is not set, a maximum of 65536 ports will be allocated to a VM from this NAT config. "minPortsPerVm": 42, # Minimum number of ports allocated to a VM from this NAT config. If not set, a default number of ports is allocated to a VM. This is rounded up to the nearest power of 2. For example, if the value of this field is 50, at least 64 ports are allocated to a VM. "name": "A String", # Unique name of this Nat service. The name must be 1-63 characters long and comply with RFC1035. "natIpAllocateOption": "A String", # Specify the NatIpAllocateOption, which can take one of the following values: - MANUAL_ONLY: Uses only Nat IP addresses provided by customers. When there are not enough specified Nat IPs, the Nat service fails for new VMs. - AUTO_ONLY: Nat IPs are allocated by Google Cloud Platform; customers can't specify any Nat IPs. When choosing AUTO_ONLY, then nat_ip should be empty. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html index 2c3a7dd6587..a7e105bb634 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendBuckets.html @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html index 469a904dd06..72e77f0cac1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.backendServices.html @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html index 0858c59fed7..094651ee552 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.firewalls.html @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index 29e1a4c38b1..bf76bb25be9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -192,12 +192,12 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -315,8 +315,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -335,8 +335,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -352,15 +352,15 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -534,12 +534,12 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -657,8 +657,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -677,8 +677,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -694,15 +694,15 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -840,12 +840,12 @@Method Details
"kind": "compute#instanceTemplate", # [Output Only] The resource type, which is always compute#instanceTemplate for instance templates. "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "properties": { # The instance properties for this instance template. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -963,8 +963,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -983,8 +983,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1000,15 +1000,15 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index d251b631498..cebcdff5c0e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -235,8 +235,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. } @@ -533,8 +533,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -553,8 +553,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -835,12 +835,12 @@Method Details
{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests. "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create. "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -958,8 +958,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -978,8 +978,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -995,15 +995,15 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. @@ -1470,8 +1470,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1490,8 +1490,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. @@ -2048,8 +2048,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2068,8 +2068,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2361,8 +2361,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -2381,8 +2381,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -4169,8 +4169,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -4189,8 +4189,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -4350,8 +4350,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. } @@ -4503,8 +4503,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -4523,8 +4523,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html index 0602274cd1a..0709dae00fd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networks.html @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@Method Details
"enable": True or False, # This field denotes whether to enable logging for a particular firewall rule. "metadata": "A String", # This field can only be specified for a particular firewall rule if logging is enabled for that rule. This field denotes whether to include or exclude metadata for firewall logs. }, - "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?`. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. + "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. The first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters (except for the last character) must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit. The last character must be a lowercase letter or digit. "network": "A String", # URL of the network resource for this firewall rule. If not specified when creating a firewall rule, the default network is used: global/networks/default If you choose to specify this field, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - projects/myproject/global/networks/my-network - global/networks/default "priority": 42, # Priority for this rule. This is an integer between `0` and `65535`, both inclusive. The default value is `1000`. Relative priorities determine which rule takes effect if multiple rules apply. Lower values indicate higher priority. For example, a rule with priority `0` has higher precedence than a rule with priority `1`. DENY rules take precedence over ALLOW rules if they have equal priority. Note that VPC networks have implied rules with a priority of `65535`. To avoid conflicts with the implied rules, use a priority number less than `65535`. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html index a9e9b5472d2..369c789813e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionBackendServices.html @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@Method Details
], }, "cacheMode": "A String", # Specifies the cache setting for all responses from this backend. The possible values are: USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS Requires the origin to set valid caching headers to cache content. Responses without these headers will not be cached at Google's edge, and will require a full trip to the origin on every request, potentially impacting performance and increasing load on the origin server. FORCE_CACHE_ALL Cache all content, ignoring any "private", "no-store" or "no-cache" directives in Cache-Control response headers. Warning: this may result in Cloud CDN caching private, per-user (user identifiable) content. CACHE_ALL_STATIC Automatically cache static content, including common image formats, media (video and audio), and web assets (JavaScript and CSS). Requests and responses that are marked as uncacheable, as well as dynamic content (including HTML), will not be cached. - "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year). + "clientTtl": 42, # Specifies a separate client (e.g. browser client) maximum TTL. This is used to clamp the max-age (or Expires) value sent to the client. With FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the lesser of client_ttl and default_ttl is used for the response max-age directive, along with a "public" directive. For cacheable content in CACHE_ALL_STATIC mode, client_ttl clamps the max-age from the origin (if specified), or else sets the response max-age directive to the lesser of the client_ttl and default_ttl, and also ensures a "public" cache-control directive is present. If a client TTL is not specified, a default value (1 hour) will be used. The maximum allowed value is 86400s (1 day). "defaultTtl": 42, # Specifies the default TTL for cached content served by this origin for responses that do not have an existing valid TTL (max-age or s-max-age). Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The value of defaultTTL cannot be set to a value greater than that of maxTTL, but can be equal. When the cacheMode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, the defaultTTL will overwrite the TTL set in all responses. The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "maxTtl": 42, # Specifies the maximum allowed TTL for cached content served by this origin. Cache directives that attempt to set a max-age or s-maxage higher than this, or an Expires header more than maxTTL seconds in the future will be capped at the value of maxTTL, as if it were the value of an s-maxage Cache-Control directive. Headers sent to the client will not be modified. Setting a TTL of "0" means "always revalidate". The maximum allowed value is 31,622,400s (1 year), noting that infrequently accessed objects may be evicted from the cache before the defined TTL. "negativeCaching": True or False, # Negative caching allows per-status code TTLs to be set, in order to apply fine-grained caching for common errors or redirects. This can reduce the load on your origin and improve end-user experience by reducing response latency. When the cache mode is set to CACHE_ALL_STATIC or USE_ORIGIN_HEADERS, negative caching applies to responses with the specified response code that lack any Cache-Control, Expires, or Pragma: no-cache directives. When the cache mode is set to FORCE_CACHE_ALL, negative caching applies to all responses with the specified response code, and override any caching headers. By default, Cloud CDN will apply the following default TTLs to these status codes: HTTP 300 (Multiple Choice), 301, 308 (Permanent Redirects): 10m HTTP 404 (Not Found), 410 (Gone), 451 (Unavailable For Legal Reasons): 120s HTTP 405 (Method Not Found), 421 (Misdirected Request), 501 (Not Implemented): 60s. These defaults can be overridden in negative_caching_policy. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html index 662af97e64d..2199ce6fbe4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionCommitments.html @@ -146,9 +146,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. @@ -280,9 +277,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. @@ -359,9 +353,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. @@ -506,9 +497,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index 320ac7202b9..d2d118906b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -94,12 +94,12 @@Method Details
{ # A transient resource used in compute.instances.bulkInsert and compute.regionInstances.bulkInsert . This resource is not persisted anywhere, it is used only for processing the requests. "count": "A String", # The maximum number of instances to create. "instanceProperties": { # The instance properties defining the VM instances to be created. Required if sourceInstanceTemplate is not provided. - "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "advancedMachineFeatures": { # Specifies options for controlling advanced machine features. Options that would traditionally be configured in a BIOS belong here. Features that require operating system support may have corresponding entries in the GuestOsFeatures of an Image (e.g., whether or not the OS in the Image supports nested virtualization being enabled or disabled). # Controls for advanced machine-related behavior features. "enableNestedVirtualization": True or False, # Whether to enable nested virtualization or not (default is false). "threadsPerCore": 42, # The number of threads per physical core. To disable simultaneous multithreading (SMT) set this to 1. If unset, the maximum number of threads supported per core by the underlying processor is assumed. }, "canIpForward": True or False, # Enables instances created based on these properties to send packets with source IP addresses other than their own and receive packets with destination IP addresses other than their own. If these instances will be used as an IP gateway or it will be set as the next-hop in a Route resource, specify true. If unsure, leave this set to false. See the Enable IP forwarding documentation for more information. - "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "confidentialInstanceConfig": { # A set of Confidential Instance options. # Specifies the Confidential Instance options. "enableConfidentialCompute": True or False, # Defines whether the instance should have confidential compute enabled. }, "description": "A String", # An optional text description for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -217,8 +217,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -237,8 +237,8 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. "networkTier": "A String", # This signifies the networking tier used for configuring this access configuration and can only take the following values: PREMIUM, STANDARD. If an AccessConfig is specified without a valid external IP address, an ephemeral IP will be created with this networkTier. If an AccessConfig with a valid external IP address is specified, it must match that of the networkTier associated with the Address resource owning that IP. - "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled in accessConfig. If this field is unspecified in ipv6AccessConfig, a default PTR record will be createc for first IP in associated external IPv6 range. - "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. This field is not used in ipv6AccessConfig. A default PTR record will be created if the VM has external IPv6 range associated. + "publicPtrDomainName": "A String", # The DNS domain name for the public PTR record. You can set this field only if the `setPublicPtr` field is enabled. + "setPublicPtr": True or False, # Specifies whether a public DNS 'PTR' record should be created to map the external IP address of the instance to a DNS domain name. "type": "ONE_TO_ONE_NAT", # The type of configuration. The default and only option is ONE_TO_ONE_NAT. }, ], @@ -254,15 +254,15 @@Method Details
"subnetwork": "A String", # The URL of the Subnetwork resource for this instance. If the network resource is in legacy mode, do not specify this field. If the network is in auto subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is optional. If the network is in custom subnet mode, specifying the subnetwork is required. If you specify this field, you can specify the subnetwork as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/regions/region /subnetworks/subnetwork - regions/region/subnetworks/subnetwork }, ], - "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. - "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for VMs. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. + "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. "consumeReservationType": "A String", # Specifies the type of reservation from which this instance can consume resources: ANY_RESERVATION (default), SPECIFIC_RESERVATION, or NO_RESERVATION. See Consuming reserved instances for examples. "key": "A String", # Corresponds to the label key of a reservation resource. To target a SPECIFIC_RESERVATION by name, specify googleapis.com/reservation-name as the key and specify the name of your reservation as its value. "values": [ # Corresponds to the label values of a reservation resource. This can be either a name to a reservation in the same project or "projects/different-project/reservations/some-reservation-name" to target a shared reservation in the same zone but in a different project. "A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. # Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "shieldedInstanceConfig": { # A set of Shielded Instance options. "enableIntegrityMonitoring": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enabled by default. "enableSecureBoot": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Disabled by default. "enableVtpm": True or False, # Defines whether the instance has the vTPM enabled. Enabled by default. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html index b593f80ad6b..332f50bf269 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.reservations.html @@ -145,9 +145,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. @@ -313,9 +310,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. @@ -467,9 +461,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. @@ -584,9 +575,6 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # The name of the resource, provided by the client when initially creating the resource. The resource name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined fully-qualified URL for this resource. - "shareSettings": { # The share setting for reservations and sole tenancy node groups. # Share-settings for shared-reservation - "shareType": "A String", # Type of sharing for this shared-reservation - }, "specificReservation": { # This reservation type allows to pre allocate specific instance configuration. Next ID: 5 # Reservation for instances with specific machine shapes. "count": "A String", # Specifies the number of resources that are allocated. "inUseCount": "A String", # [Output Only] Indicates how many instances are in use. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html index af1113ba39d..70d43170bc2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.routers.html @@ -732,66 +732,6 @@Method Details
], }, ], - "bfdStatus": { # Next free: 15 - "bfdSessionInitializationMode": "A String", # The BFD session initialization mode for this BGP peer. If set to ACTIVE, the Cloud Router will initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to PASSIVE, the Cloud Router will wait for the peer router to initiate the BFD session for this BGP peer. If set to DISABLED, BFD is disabled for this BGP peer. - "configUpdateTimestampMicros": "A String", # Unix timestamp of the most recent config update. - "controlPacketCounts": { # Control packet counts for the current BFD session. - "numRx": 42, # Number of packets received since the beginning of the current BFD session. - "numRxRejected": 42, # Number of packets received that were rejected because of errors since the beginning of the current BFD session. - "numRxSuccessful": 42, # Number of packets received that were successfully processed since the beginning of the current BFD session. - "numTx": 42, # Number of packets transmitted since the beginning of the current BFD session. - }, - "controlPacketIntervals": [ # Inter-packet time interval statistics for control packets. - { # Next free: 7 - "avgMs": "A String", # Average observed inter-packet interval in milliseconds. - "duration": "A String", # From how long ago in the past these intervals were observed. - "maxMs": "A String", # Maximum observed inter-packet interval in milliseconds. - "minMs": "A String", # Minimum observed inter-packet interval in milliseconds. - "numIntervals": "A String", # Number of inter-packet intervals from which these statistics were derived. - "type": "A String", # The type of packets for which inter-packet intervals were computed. - }, - ], - "localDiagnostic": "A String", # The diagnostic code specifies the local system's reason for the last change in session state. This allows remote systems to determine the reason that the previous session failed, for example. These diagnostic codes are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "localState": "A String", # The current BFD session state as seen by the transmitting system. These states are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "negotiatedLocalControlTxIntervalMs": 42, # Negotiated transmit interval for control packets. - "rxPacket": { # The most recent Rx control packet for this BFD session. - "authenticationPresent": True or False, # The Authentication Present bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "controlPlaneIndependent": True or False, # The Control Plane Independent bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "demand": True or False, # The demand bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "diagnostic": "A String", # The diagnostic code specifies the local system's reason for the last change in session state. This allows remote systems to determine the reason that the previous session failed, for example. These diagnostic codes are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "final": True or False, # The Final bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "length": 42, # The length of the BFD Control packet in bytes. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "minEchoRxIntervalMs": 42, # The Required Min Echo RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "minRxIntervalMs": 42, # The Required Min RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "minTxIntervalMs": 42, # The Desired Min TX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "multiplier": 42, # The detection time multiplier of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "multipoint": True or False, # The multipoint bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "myDiscriminator": 42, # The My Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "poll": True or False, # The Poll bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "state": "A String", # The current BFD session state as seen by the transmitting system. These states are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "version": 42, # The version number of the BFD protocol, as specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880. - "yourDiscriminator": 42, # The Your Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - }, - "txPacket": { # The most recent Tx control packet for this BFD session. - "authenticationPresent": True or False, # The Authentication Present bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "controlPlaneIndependent": True or False, # The Control Plane Independent bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "demand": True or False, # The demand bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "diagnostic": "A String", # The diagnostic code specifies the local system's reason for the last change in session state. This allows remote systems to determine the reason that the previous session failed, for example. These diagnostic codes are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "final": True or False, # The Final bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "length": 42, # The length of the BFD Control packet in bytes. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "minEchoRxIntervalMs": 42, # The Required Min Echo RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "minRxIntervalMs": 42, # The Required Min RX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "minTxIntervalMs": 42, # The Desired Min TX Interval value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "multiplier": 42, # The detection time multiplier of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "multipoint": True or False, # The multipoint bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "myDiscriminator": 42, # The My Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "poll": True or False, # The Poll bit of the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "state": "A String", # The current BFD session state as seen by the transmitting system. These states are specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - "version": 42, # The version number of the BFD protocol, as specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880. - "yourDiscriminator": 42, # The Your Discriminator value in the BFD packet. This is specified in section 4.1 of RFC5880 - }, - "uptimeMs": "A String", # Session uptime in milliseconds. Value will be 0 if session is not up. - }, "ipAddress": "A String", # IP address of the local BGP interface. "linkedVpnTunnel": "A String", # URL of the VPN tunnel that this BGP peer controls. "name": "A String", # Name of this BGP peer. Unique within the Routers resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html index fb1737d4b38..f5936845d6e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.html @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -420,18 +420,18 @@Method Details
"service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. }, ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -684,7 +684,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -698,18 +698,18 @@Method Details
"service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. }, ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -740,18 +740,18 @@Method Details
"service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. }, ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html index 38f9d81d258..887ab01a7f0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeActionSchemas.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. Parent resource of RuntimeActionSchema Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection} (required) - filter: string, Filter + filter: string, Required. Filter Format: action="{actionId}" Only action field is supported with literal equality operator. Accepted filter example: action="CancelOrder" Wildcards are not supported in the filter currently. pageSize: integer, Page size. pageToken: string, Page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html index a1a0755fb03..94c217d06b3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.connections.runtimeEntitySchemas.html @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@Method Details
Args: parent: string, Required. Parent resource of RuntimeEntitySchema Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/connections/{connection} (required) - filter: string, Filter + filter: string, Required. Filter Format: entity="{entityId}" Only entity field is supported with literal equality operator. Accepted filter example: entity="Order" Wildcards are not supported in the filter currently. pageSize: integer, Page size. pageToken: string, Page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. diff --git a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.html b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.html index acbcaed17fa..a8258ffc9e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/connectors_v1.projects.locations.providers.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -121,18 +121,18 @@Method Details
"service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. }, ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -164,18 +164,18 @@Method Details
"service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. }, ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). "auditConfigs": [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy. { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { "audit_configs": [ { "service": "allServices", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ", "exempted_members": [ "user:jose@example.com" ] }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE" }, { "log_type": "ADMIN_READ" } ] }, { "service": "sampleservice.googleapis.com", "audit_log_configs": [ { "log_type": "DATA_READ" }, { "log_type": "DATA_WRITE", "exempted_members": [ "user:aliya@example.com" ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging. "auditLogConfigs": [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission. @@ -206,18 +206,18 @@Method Details
"service": "A String", # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services. }, ], - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html index f18d5814e52..4555ca05319 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html @@ -138,6 +138,13 @@Method Details
"issueMatches": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/` Deprecated, use `issue_matches_stats` field instead. "a_key": 42, }, + "issueMatchesStats": { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/` + "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. + "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} + "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. + }, + }, "smartHighlighterMatches": { # A map associating each smart highlighter display name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. "a_key": 42, }, @@ -379,7 +386,7 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated. } - conversationId: string, A unique ID for the new conversation. This ID will become the final component of the conversation's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-32 characters and must match the regular expression /^[a-z0-9-]{4,32}$/. Valid characters are /a-z-/ + conversationId: string, A unique ID for the new conversation. This ID will become the final component of the conversation's resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-64 characters and must match the regular expression /^[a-z0-9-]{4,64}$/. Valid characters are /a-z-/ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html index 441e0d953af..2ed015c32c3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html @@ -126,6 +126,7 @@Method Details
"analyzedConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time. "issueStats": { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue's resource name. "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. }, @@ -163,6 +164,7 @@Method Details
"analyzedConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time. "issueStats": { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue's resource name. "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. }, @@ -306,6 +308,7 @@Method Details
"analyzedConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time. "issueStats": { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue's resource name. "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. }, @@ -346,6 +349,7 @@Method Details
"analyzedConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time. "issueStats": { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue's resource name. "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. }, @@ -381,6 +385,7 @@Method Details
"analyzedConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time. "issueStats": { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue's resource name. "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. }, @@ -413,6 +418,7 @@Method Details
"analyzedConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time. "issueStats": { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue's resource name. "a_key": { # Aggregated statistics about an issue. + "displayName": "A String", # Display name of the issue. "issue": "A String", # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} "labeledConversationsCount": "A String", # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html index 358dc8eedc3..9c732c490d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.html @@ -1192,7 +1192,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index 88d66859386..ae3f7e3266a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -159,7 +159,88 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -316,7 +397,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -328,7 +409,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -363,15 +445,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html index cbbfb1f82a4..91389ac86ef 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -175,7 +175,88 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -332,7 +413,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -344,7 +425,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -379,15 +461,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -550,7 +666,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -584,7 +700,88 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -741,7 +938,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -753,7 +950,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -788,15 +986,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -964,7 +1196,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -998,7 +1230,88 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1155,7 +1468,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -1167,7 +1480,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -1202,15 +1516,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -1369,7 +1717,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -1385,25 +1733,106 @@Method Details
"environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". }, - "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, }, - "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required - "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. { - "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", }, ], - "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. - "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. - "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". - { + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, - ], - "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1560,7 +1989,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -1572,7 +2001,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -1607,15 +2037,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -1799,7 +2263,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -1833,7 +2297,88 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -1990,7 +2535,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -2002,7 +2547,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -2037,15 +2583,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -2192,7 +2772,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } @@ -2499,7 +3079,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -2515,25 +3095,106 @@Method Details
"environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". }, - "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. - }, - "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required - "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". - { + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, - ], - "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. - "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. - "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". - { + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. }, - ], - "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -2690,7 +3351,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -2702,7 +3363,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -2737,15 +3399,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -2922,7 +3618,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -2956,7 +3652,88 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -3113,7 +3890,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -3125,7 +3902,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -3160,15 +3938,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -3328,7 +4140,7 @@Method Details
], }, "build": { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build. - "intotoProvenance": { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. + "intotoProvenance": { # Deprecated. See InTotoStatement for the replacement. In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec. "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -3362,7 +4174,88 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build. + "intotoStatement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". # In-toto Statement representation as defined in spec. The intoto_statement can contain any type of provenance. The serialized payload of the statement can be stored and signed in the Occurrence's envelope. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { + "builderConfig": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + "A String", + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Since the arguments field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": [ # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Since the environment field can greatly vary in structure, depending on the builder and recipe type, this is of form "Any". + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ + { + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", + }, + ], + }, + "provenance": { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance for the build. "buildOptions": { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -3519,7 +4412,7 @@Method Details
"cpe": "A String", # The CPE of the resource being scanned. "lastScanTime": "A String", # The last time this resource was scanned. }, - "dsseAttestation": { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. + "dsseAttestation": { # Deprecated. Prefer to use a regular Occurrence, and populate the Envelope at the top level of the Occurrence. # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse. "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata. "payload": "A String", "payloadType": "A String", @@ -3531,7 +4424,8 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. "provenance": { "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", @@ -3566,15 +4460,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, + "slsaProvenance": { + "builder": { # required + "id": "A String", + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { + "digest": { + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, "subject": [ { - "digest": { # "": "" + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html index a5198d18272..05d505e465c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html index 06ef16ff2f2..c40b88200a7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html @@ -373,8 +373,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -408,15 +409,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html index 59622299e0a..72932c1d248 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -389,8 +389,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -424,15 +425,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -858,8 +893,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -893,15 +929,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -1351,8 +1421,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -1386,15 +1457,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -1559,7 +1664,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } @@ -2128,8 +2233,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -2163,15 +2269,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -2614,8 +2754,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -2649,15 +2790,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse @@ -3083,8 +3258,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -3118,15 +3294,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html index d702cbe9ab4..17509e49908 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html @@ -764,7 +764,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html index d4fd73a8acc..0c6450438c0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html @@ -373,8 +373,9 @@Method Details
], }, "statement": { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always "application/vnd.in-toto+json". - "predicateType": "A String", # "https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1" for InTotoProvenance. - "provenance": { + "_type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". + "predicateType": "A String", # "https://slsa.dev/provenance/v0.1" for SlsaProvenance. + "provenance": { # provenance is a predicate of type intotoprovenance "builderConfig": { # required "id": "A String", }, @@ -408,15 +409,49 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. }, }, - "subject": [ - { - "digest": { # "": "" + "slsaProvenance": { # SlsaProvenance is the slsa provenance as defined by the slsa spec. # slsa_provenance is a predicate of type slsaProvenance + "builder": { # SlsaBuilder encapsulates the identity of the builder of this provenance. # builder is the builder of this provenance + "id": "A String", # id is the id of the slsa provenance builder + }, + "materials": [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty. + { # Material is a material used in the generation of the provenance + "digest": { # digest is a map from a hash algorithm (e.g. sha256) to the value in the material + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "uri": "A String", # uri is the uri of the material + }, + ], + "metadata": { # Other properties of the build. # metadata is the metadata of the provenance + "buildFinishedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build completed. + "buildInvocationId": "A String", # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec. + "buildStartedOn": "A String", # The timestamp of when the build started. + "completeness": { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. + "arguments": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe. + "environment": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete. + "materials": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called "hermetic". + }, + "reproducible": True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output. + }, + "recipe": { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). + "arguments": { # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "definedInMaterial": "A String", # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn't come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64. + "entryPoint": "A String", # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were "make", then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use. + "environment": { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy. Depending on the recipe Type, the structure may be different. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "type": "A String", # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials. + }, + }, + "subject": [ # subject is the subjects of the intoto statement + { # Subject refers to the subject of the intoto statement + "digest": { # "": "" Algorithms can be e.g. sha256, sha512 See https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/blob/main/spec/field_types.md#DigestSet "a_key": "A String", }, - "name": "A String", + "name": "A String", # name is the name of the Subject used here }, ], - "type": "A String", # Always "https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1". }, }, "envelope": { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html index a75ac71299e..8c01cd70005 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.notes.html @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html index 207ce97014c..5685046ae09 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html +++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1beta1.projects.occurrences.html @@ -2007,7 +2007,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html index 3bb9ef8ea9e..fa95dda142f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -120,6 +120,9 @@Method Details
"jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "scheduleInfo": { # Details of the schedule the pipeline runs on. # Internal scheduling information for a pipeline. If this information is provided, periodic jobs will be created per the schedule. If not, users are responsible for creating jobs externally. "nextJobTime": "A String", # Output only. When the next Scheduler job is going to run. "schedule": "A String", # Unix-cron format of the schedule. This information is retrieved from the linked Cloud Scheduler. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html index e9b0b0ea86b..2f7291879fc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html @@ -116,6 +116,9 @@Method Details
"jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "scheduleInfo": { # Details of the schedule the pipeline runs on. # Internal scheduling information for a pipeline. If this information is provided, periodic jobs will be created per the schedule. If not, users are responsible for creating jobs externally. "nextJobTime": "A String", # Output only. When the next Scheduler job is going to run. "schedule": "A String", # Unix-cron format of the schedule. This information is retrieved from the linked Cloud Scheduler. @@ -221,6 +224,9 @@Method Details
"jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "scheduleInfo": { # Details of the schedule the pipeline runs on. # Internal scheduling information for a pipeline. If this information is provided, periodic jobs will be created per the schedule. If not, users are responsible for creating jobs externally. "nextJobTime": "A String", # Output only. When the next Scheduler job is going to run. "schedule": "A String", # Unix-cron format of the schedule. This information is retrieved from the linked Cloud Scheduler. @@ -351,6 +357,9 @@Method Details
"jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "scheduleInfo": { # Details of the schedule the pipeline runs on. # Internal scheduling information for a pipeline. If this information is provided, periodic jobs will be created per the schedule. If not, users are responsible for creating jobs externally. "nextJobTime": "A String", # Output only. When the next Scheduler job is going to run. "schedule": "A String", # Unix-cron format of the schedule. This information is retrieved from the linked Cloud Scheduler. @@ -458,6 +467,9 @@Method Details
"jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "scheduleInfo": { # Details of the schedule the pipeline runs on. # Internal scheduling information for a pipeline. If this information is provided, periodic jobs will be created per the schedule. If not, users are responsible for creating jobs externally. "nextJobTime": "A String", # Output only. When the next Scheduler job is going to run. "schedule": "A String", # Unix-cron format of the schedule. This information is retrieved from the linked Cloud Scheduler. @@ -564,6 +576,9 @@Method Details
"jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "scheduleInfo": { # Details of the schedule the pipeline runs on. # Internal scheduling information for a pipeline. If this information is provided, periodic jobs will be created per the schedule. If not, users are responsible for creating jobs externally. "nextJobTime": "A String", # Output only. When the next Scheduler job is going to run. "schedule": "A String", # Unix-cron format of the schedule. This information is retrieved from the linked Cloud Scheduler. @@ -733,6 +748,9 @@Method Details
"jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. + "a_key": "A String", + }, "scheduleInfo": { # Details of the schedule the pipeline runs on. # Internal scheduling information for a pipeline. If this information is provided, periodic jobs will be created per the schedule. If not, users are responsible for creating jobs externally. "nextJobTime": "A String", # Output only. When the next Scheduler job is going to run. "schedule": "A String", # Unix-cron format of the schedule. This information is retrieved from the linked Cloud Scheduler. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html index 68130019c47..5bd9b3632f1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html @@ -232,40 +232,7 @@Method Details
], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "update": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path. @@ -283,40 +250,7 @@Method Details
], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "upsert": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key's final path element may be incomplete. @@ -334,40 +268,7 @@Method Details
], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, }, @@ -480,40 +381,7 @@Method Details
], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -537,40 +405,7 @@Method Details
], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -668,7 +503,24 @@Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -707,7 +559,24 @@Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -768,7 +637,24 @@Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. @@ -855,40 +741,7 @@Method Details
], }, "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. - "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`. - "values": [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for 'exclude_from_indexes'. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, - "blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. - "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. - "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. - "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. - "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. - "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. - "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. - }, - "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. - "keyValue": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value. - "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. - "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. - "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. - }, - "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. - { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. - "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. - "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. - }, - ], - }, - "meaning": 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility. - "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. - "stringValue": "A String", # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes. - "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down. - }, + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value }, }, "version": "A String", # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads. @@ -927,7 +780,24 @@Method Details
"blobValue": "A String", # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. - "entityValue": # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "entityValue": { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key. + "key": { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key's partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity's key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity's kind is its key path's last element's kind, or null if it has no key. + "partitionId": { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `""`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition. + "namespaceId": "A String", # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong. + "projectId": "A String", # The ID of the project to which the entities belong. + }, + "path": [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element's _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity's ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements. + { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete. + "id": "A String", # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future. + "kind": "A String", # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + "name": "A String", # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `""`. + }, + ], + }, + "properties": { # The entity's properties. The map's keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `""`. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, "excludeFromIndexes": True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly. "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8f66bf82eb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.html @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + +Datastream API
+Instance Methods
++
+projects()+Returns the projects Resource.
+ ++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+ +Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bcf277adf72 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.html @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ + + + +new_batch_http_request()+Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document. + + Args: + callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the + form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the + request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The + third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP + error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error + occurred. + + Returns: + A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document. ++Datastream API . projects
+Instance Methods
++
+locations()+Returns the locations Resource.
+ ++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+Method Details
+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6b2699671c0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -0,0 +1,176 @@ + + + +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+Datastream API . projects . locations
+Instance Methods
++
+operations()+Returns the operations Resource.
+ ++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+ +Gets information about a location.
++
+list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
++
+list_next(previous_request, previous_response)Retrieves the next page of results.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +get(name, x__xgafv=None)+Gets information about a location. + +Args: + name: string, Resource name for the location. (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location. + "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo". + "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"} + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`. + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"` +}+++ +list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+Lists information about the supported locations for this service. + +Args: + name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required) + filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like "displayName=tokyo", and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160). + pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default. + pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations. + "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request. + { # A resource that represents Google Cloud Platform location. + "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo". + "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"} + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`. + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"` + }, + ], + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token. +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2dbd1dd1dce --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.projects.locations.operations.html @@ -0,0 +1,235 @@ + + + +list_next(previous_request, previous_response)+Retrieves the next page of results. + +Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + +Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++Datastream API . projects . locations . operations
+Instance Methods
++
+cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+ +Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+ +Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
++
+list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.
++
+list_next(previous_request, previous_response)Retrieves the next page of results.
+Method Details
+++ +cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. + +Args: + name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation. +} + + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`. +}+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +delete(name, x__xgafv=None)+Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. + +Args: + name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`. +}+++ +get(name, x__xgafv=None)+Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service. + +Args: + name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}+++ +list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id. + +Args: + name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required) + filter: string, The standard list filter. + pageSize: integer, The standard list page size. + pageToken: string, The standard list page token. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token. + "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request. + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + }, + ], +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html index efa291c5af9..4d0b547a4ae 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@list_next(previous_request, previous_response)+Retrieves the next page of results. + +Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + +Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++Method Details
{ # Defines the services to connect to incoming Dialogflow conversations. "automatedAgentConfig": { # Defines the Automated Agent to connect to a conversation. # Configuration for an automated agent to use with this profile. - "agent": "A String", # Required. ID of the Dialogflow agent environment to use. This project needs to either be the same project as the conversation or you need to grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow API Service Agent` role in this project. Format: `projects//locations//agent/environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. Refer to [DetectIntentRequest](/dialogflow/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.v2#google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.DetectIntentRequest) for more details. + "agent": "A String", # Required. ID of the Dialogflow agent environment to use. This project needs to either be the same project as the conversation or you need to grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow API Service Agent` role in this project. - For ES agents, use format: `projects//locations//agent/environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. Refer to [DetectIntentRequest](/dialogflow/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.v2#google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.DetectIntentRequest) for more details. - For CX agents, use format `projects//locations//agents//environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the conversation profile. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human readable name for this profile. Max length 1024 bytes. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@Method Details
}, "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, # Automatically iterates all participants and tries to compile suggestions. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. "queryConfig": { # Config for suggestion query. # Configs of query. - "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, SMART_REPLY, SMART_COMPOSE. "contextFilterSettings": { # Settings that determine how to filter recent conversation context when generating suggestions. # Determines how recent conversation context is filtered when generating suggestions. If unspecified, no messages will be dropped. "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, # If set to true, the last message from virtual agent (hand off message) and the message before it (trigger message of hand off) are dropped. "dropIvrMessages": True or False, # If set to true, all messages from ivr stage are dropped. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@Method Details
}, "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, # Automatically iterates all participants and tries to compile suggestions. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. "queryConfig": { # Config for suggestion query. # Configs of query. - "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, SMART_REPLY, SMART_COMPOSE. "contextFilterSettings": { # Settings that determine how to filter recent conversation context when generating suggestions. # Determines how recent conversation context is filtered when generating suggestions. If unspecified, no messages will be dropped. "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, # If set to true, the last message from virtual agent (hand off message) and the message before it (trigger message of hand off) are dropped. "dropIvrMessages": True or False, # If set to true, all messages from ivr stage are dropped. @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@Method Details
"organizationId": "A String", # Required. The organization ID of the Salesforce account. }, }, - "languageCode": "A String", # Language which represents the conversationProfile. If unspecified, the default language code en-us applies. Users need to create a ConversationProfile for each language they want to support. + "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for the conversation profile. If not specified, the language is en-US. Language at ConversationProfile should be set for all non en-US languages. This should be a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US". "loggingConfig": { # Defines logging behavior for conversation lifecycle events. # Configuration for logging conversation lifecycle events. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Whether to log conversation events like CONVERSATION_STARTED to Stackdriver in the conversation project as JSON format ConversationEvent protos. }, @@ -230,9 +230,11 @@Method Details
"messageFormat": "A String", # Format of message. "topic": "A String", # Name of the Pub/Sub topic to publish conversation events like CONVERSATION_STARTED as serialized ConversationEvent protos. Notification works for phone calls, if this topic either is in the same project as the conversation or you grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow Service Agent` role in the topic project. Format: `projects//locations//topics/`. }, + "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # Optional. The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. }, + "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone of this conversational profile from the [time zone database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones), e.g., America/New_York, Europe/Paris. Defaults to America/New_York. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the conversation profile. } @@ -246,7 +248,7 @@Method Details
{ # Defines the services to connect to incoming Dialogflow conversations. "automatedAgentConfig": { # Defines the Automated Agent to connect to a conversation. # Configuration for an automated agent to use with this profile. - "agent": "A String", # Required. ID of the Dialogflow agent environment to use. This project needs to either be the same project as the conversation or you need to grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow API Service Agent` role in this project. Format: `projects//locations//agent/environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. Refer to [DetectIntentRequest](/dialogflow/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.v2#google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.DetectIntentRequest) for more details. + "agent": "A String", # Required. ID of the Dialogflow agent environment to use. This project needs to either be the same project as the conversation or you need to grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow API Service Agent` role in this project. - For ES agents, use format: `projects//locations//agent/environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. Refer to [DetectIntentRequest](/dialogflow/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.v2#google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.DetectIntentRequest) for more details. - For CX agents, use format `projects//locations//agents//environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the conversation profile. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human readable name for this profile. Max length 1024 bytes. @@ -259,7 +261,7 @@Method Details
}, "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, # Automatically iterates all participants and tries to compile suggestions. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. "queryConfig": { # Config for suggestion query. # Configs of query. - "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, SMART_REPLY, SMART_COMPOSE. "contextFilterSettings": { # Settings that determine how to filter recent conversation context when generating suggestions. # Determines how recent conversation context is filtered when generating suggestions. If unspecified, no messages will be dropped. "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, # If set to true, the last message from virtual agent (hand off message) and the message before it (trigger message of hand off) are dropped. "dropIvrMessages": True or False, # If set to true, all messages from ivr stage are dropped. @@ -299,7 +301,7 @@Method Details
}, "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, # Automatically iterates all participants and tries to compile suggestions. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. "queryConfig": { # Config for suggestion query. # Configs of query. - "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, SMART_REPLY, SMART_COMPOSE. "contextFilterSettings": { # Settings that determine how to filter recent conversation context when generating suggestions. # Determines how recent conversation context is filtered when generating suggestions. If unspecified, no messages will be dropped. "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, # If set to true, the last message from virtual agent (hand off message) and the message before it (trigger message of hand off) are dropped. "dropIvrMessages": True or False, # If set to true, all messages from ivr stage are dropped. @@ -351,7 +353,7 @@Method Details
"organizationId": "A String", # Required. The organization ID of the Salesforce account. }, }, - "languageCode": "A String", # Language which represents the conversationProfile. If unspecified, the default language code en-us applies. Users need to create a ConversationProfile for each language they want to support. + "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for the conversation profile. If not specified, the language is en-US. Language at ConversationProfile should be set for all non en-US languages. This should be a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US". "loggingConfig": { # Defines logging behavior for conversation lifecycle events. # Configuration for logging conversation lifecycle events. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Whether to log conversation events like CONVERSATION_STARTED to Stackdriver in the conversation project as JSON format ConversationEvent protos. }, @@ -364,9 +366,11 @@Method Details
"messageFormat": "A String", # Format of message. "topic": "A String", # Name of the Pub/Sub topic to publish conversation events like CONVERSATION_STARTED as serialized ConversationEvent protos. Notification works for phone calls, if this topic either is in the same project as the conversation or you grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow Service Agent` role in the topic project. Format: `projects//locations//topics/`. }, + "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # Optional. The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. }, + "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone of this conversational profile from the [time zone database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones), e.g., America/New_York, Europe/Paris. Defaults to America/New_York. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the conversation profile. }Method Details
{ # Defines the services to connect to incoming Dialogflow conversations. "automatedAgentConfig": { # Defines the Automated Agent to connect to a conversation. # Configuration for an automated agent to use with this profile. - "agent": "A String", # Required. ID of the Dialogflow agent environment to use. This project needs to either be the same project as the conversation or you need to grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow API Service Agent` role in this project. Format: `projects//locations//agent/environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. Refer to [DetectIntentRequest](/dialogflow/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.v2#google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.DetectIntentRequest) for more details. + "agent": "A String", # Required. ID of the Dialogflow agent environment to use. This project needs to either be the same project as the conversation or you need to grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow API Service Agent` role in this project. - For ES agents, use format: `projects//locations//agent/environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. Refer to [DetectIntentRequest](/dialogflow/docs/reference/rpc/google.cloud.dialogflow.v2#google.cloud.dialogflow.v2.DetectIntentRequest) for more details. - For CX agents, use format `projects//locations//agents//environments/`. If environment is not specified, the default `draft` environment is used. }, "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Create time of the conversation profile. "displayName": "A String", # Required. Human readable name for this profile. Max length 1024 bytes. @@ -418,7 +422,7 @@Method Details
}, "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, # Automatically iterates all participants and tries to compile suggestions. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. "queryConfig": { # Config for suggestion query. # Configs of query. - "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, SMART_REPLY, SMART_COMPOSE. "contextFilterSettings": { # Settings that determine how to filter recent conversation context when generating suggestions. # Determines how recent conversation context is filtered when generating suggestions. If unspecified, no messages will be dropped. "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, # If set to true, the last message from virtual agent (hand off message) and the message before it (trigger message of hand off) are dropped. "dropIvrMessages": True or False, # If set to true, all messages from ivr stage are dropped. @@ -458,7 +462,7 @@Method Details
}, "enableEventBasedSuggestion": True or False, # Automatically iterates all participants and tries to compile suggestions. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, DIALOGFLOW_ASSIST. "queryConfig": { # Config for suggestion query. # Configs of query. - "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION. + "confidenceThreshold": 3.14, # Confidence threshold of query result. Agent Assist gives each suggestion a score in the range [0.0, 1.0], based on the relevance between the suggestion and the current conversation context. A score of 0.0 has no relevance, while a score of 1.0 has high relevance. Only suggestions with a score greater than or equal to the value of this field are included in the results. For a baseline model (the default), the recommended value is in the range [0.05, 0.1]. For a custom model, there is no recommended value. Tune this value by starting from a very low value and slowly increasing until you have desired results. If this field is not set, it defaults to 0.0, which means that all suggestions are returned. Supported features: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, FAQ, SMART_REPLY, SMART_COMPOSE. "contextFilterSettings": { # Settings that determine how to filter recent conversation context when generating suggestions. # Determines how recent conversation context is filtered when generating suggestions. If unspecified, no messages will be dropped. "dropHandoffMessages": True or False, # If set to true, the last message from virtual agent (hand off message) and the message before it (trigger message of hand off) are dropped. "dropIvrMessages": True or False, # If set to true, all messages from ivr stage are dropped. @@ -510,7 +514,7 @@Method Details
"organizationId": "A String", # Required. The organization ID of the Salesforce account. }, }, - "languageCode": "A String", # Language which represents the conversationProfile. If unspecified, the default language code en-us applies. Users need to create a ConversationProfile for each language they want to support. + "languageCode": "A String", # Language code for the conversation profile. If not specified, the language is en-US. Language at ConversationProfile should be set for all non en-US languages. This should be a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: "en-US". "loggingConfig": { # Defines logging behavior for conversation lifecycle events. # Configuration for logging conversation lifecycle events. "enableStackdriverLogging": True or False, # Whether to log conversation events like CONVERSATION_STARTED to Stackdriver in the conversation project as JSON format ConversationEvent protos. }, @@ -523,9 +527,11 @@Method Details
"messageFormat": "A String", # Format of message. "topic": "A String", # Name of the Pub/Sub topic to publish conversation events like CONVERSATION_STARTED as serialized ConversationEvent protos. Notification works for phone calls, if this topic either is in the same project as the conversation or you grant `service-@gcp-sa-dialogflow.iam.gserviceaccount.com` the `Dialogflow Service Agent` role in the topic project. Format: `projects//locations//topics/`. }, + "securitySettings": "A String", # Name of the CX SecuritySettings reference for the agent. Format: `projects//locations//securitySettings/`. "sttConfig": { # Configures speech transcription for ConversationProfile. # Settings for speech transcription. "speechModelVariant": "A String", # Optional. The speech model used in speech to text. `SPEECH_MODEL_VARIANT_UNSPECIFIED`, `USE_BEST_AVAILABLE` will be treated as `USE_ENHANCED`. It can be overridden in AnalyzeContentRequest and StreamingAnalyzeContentRequest request. }, + "timeZone": "A String", # The time zone of this conversational profile from the [time zone database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones), e.g., America/New_York, Europe/Paris. Defaults to America/New_York. "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Update time of the conversation profile. }
Updates a `Registration`'s management settings.
-Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
+Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. For `Registration` resources using [Monthly billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
+Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
Gets the details of a `Registration` resource.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@Gets parameters needed to register a new domain name, including price and up-to-date availability. Use the returned values to call `RegisterDomain`.
retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)
Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.
+Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.
searchDomains(location, query=None, x__xgafv=None)
Searches for available domain names similar to the provided query. Availability results from this method are approximate; call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` on a domain before registering to confirm availability.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.
+Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.
close()
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
- Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. +Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. For `Registration` resources using [Monthly billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to delete, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required) @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@Method Details
export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. +Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to export, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@Method Details
], } - updateMask: string, Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the labels are being updated, the `update_mask` would be `"labels"`. + updateMask: string, Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the labels are being updated, the `update_mask` is `"labels"`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "validateOnly": True or False, # When true, only validation will be performed, without actually registering the domain. Follows: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation + "validateOnly": True or False, # When true, only validation is performed, without actually registering the domain. Follows: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation "yearlyPrice": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Required. Yearly price to register or renew the domain. The value that should be put here can be obtained from RetrieveRegisterParameters or SearchDomains calls. "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@Method Details
retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)-Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`. +Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`. Args: location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required) @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@Method Details
transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer. +Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the `Registration`. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required) @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@Method Details
"contactNotices": [ # The list of contact notices that you acknowledge. The notices needed here depend on the values specified in `registration.contact_settings`. "A String", ], - "registration": { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain's current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain's current DNS service will not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar. + "registration": { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain's current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain's current DNS service does not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar. "contactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html index ed9cba95441..d80d71d21f3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@Instance Methods
Updates a `Registration`'s management settings.
-Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
+Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. For `Registration` resources using [Monthly billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
-
export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
+Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
Gets the details of a `Registration` resource.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@Instance Methods
Gets parameters needed to register a new domain name, including price and up-to-date availability. Use the returned values to call `RegisterDomain`.
-
retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.
+Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.
searchDomains(location, query=None, x__xgafv=None)Searches for available domain names similar to the provided query. Availability results from this method are approximate; call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` on a domain before registering to confirm availability.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@Instance Methods
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.
+Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.
Method Details
close()@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@Method Details
}, }, }, - "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the registrant contact is being updated, the `update_mask` would be `"registrant_contact"`. + "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the registrant contact is being updated, the `update_mask` is `"registrant_contact"`. "validateOnly": True or False, # Validate the request without actually updating the contact settings. } @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the name servers are being updated for an existing Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` would be `"custom_dns.name_servers"`. When changing the DNS provider from one type to another, pass the new provider's field name as part of the field mask. For example, when changing from a Google Domains DNS configuration to a Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` would be `"custom_dns"`. // + "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the name servers are being updated for an existing Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` is `"custom_dns.name_servers"`. When changing the DNS provider from one type to another, pass the new provider's field name as part of the field mask. For example, when changing from a Google Domains DNS configuration to a Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` is `"custom_dns"`. // "validateOnly": True or False, # Validate the request without actually updating the DNS settings. } @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@Method Details
"renewalMethod": "A String", # Output only. The renewal method for this `Registration`. "transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, - "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the transfer lock is being updated, the `update_mask` would be `"transfer_lock_state"`. + "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the transfer lock is being updated, the `update_mask` is `"transfer_lock_state"`. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@Method Details
delete(name, x__xgafv=None)-Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. +Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. For `Registration` resources using [Monthly billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to delete, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required) @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@Method Details
export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. +Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to export, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@Method Details
], } - updateMask: string, Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the labels are being updated, the `update_mask` would be `"labels"`. + updateMask: string, Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the labels are being updated, the `update_mask` is `"labels"`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "validateOnly": True or False, # When true, only validation will be performed, without actually registering the domain. Follows: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation + "validateOnly": True or False, # When true, only validation is performed, without actually registering the domain. Follows: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation "yearlyPrice": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Required. Yearly price to register or renew the domain. The value that should be put here can be obtained from RetrieveRegisterParameters or SearchDomains calls. "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@Method Details
retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)-Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`. +Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`. Args: location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required) @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@Method Details
transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer. +Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the `Registration`. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required) @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@Method Details
"contactNotices": [ # The list of contact notices that you acknowledge. The notices needed here depend on the values specified in `registration.contact_settings`. "A String", ], - "registration": { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain's current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain's current DNS service will not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar. + "registration": { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain's current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain's current DNS service does not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar. "contactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html index f4b456c1ed7..18306fac943 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1beta1.projects.locations.registrations.html @@ -88,10 +88,10 @@Instance Methods
Updates a `Registration`'s management settings.
-Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
+Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. For `Registration` resources using [Monthly billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
-
export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
+Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
Gets the details of a `Registration` resource.
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@Instance Methods
Gets parameters needed to register a new domain name, including price and up-to-date availability. Use the returned values to call `RegisterDomain`.
-
retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.
+Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.
searchDomains(location, query=None, x__xgafv=None)Searches for available domain names similar to the provided query. Availability results from this method are approximate; call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` on a domain before registering to confirm availability.
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@Instance Methods
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.
-
transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.
+Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.
Method Details
close()@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@Method Details
}, }, }, - "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the registrant contact is being updated, the `update_mask` would be `"registrant_contact"`. + "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the registrant contact is being updated, the `update_mask` is `"registrant_contact"`. "validateOnly": True or False, # Validate the request without actually updating the contact settings. } @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the name servers are being updated for an existing Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` would be `"custom_dns.name_servers"`. When changing the DNS provider from one type to another, pass the new provider's field name as part of the field mask. For example, when changing from a Google Domains DNS configuration to a Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` would be `"custom_dns"`. // + "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the name servers are being updated for an existing Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` is `"custom_dns.name_servers"`. When changing the DNS provider from one type to another, pass the new provider's field name as part of the field mask. For example, when changing from a Google Domains DNS configuration to a Custom DNS configuration, the `update_mask` is `"custom_dns"`. // "validateOnly": True or False, # Validate the request without actually updating the DNS settings. } @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@Method Details
"renewalMethod": "A String", # Output only. The renewal method for this `Registration`. "transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, - "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the transfer lock is being updated, the `update_mask` would be `"transfer_lock_state"`. + "updateMask": "A String", # Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the transfer lock is being updated, the `update_mask` is `"transfer_lock_state"`. } x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@Method Details
delete(name, x__xgafv=None)-Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. +Deletes a `Registration` resource. This method works on any `Registration` resource using [Subscription or Commitment billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. For `Registration` resources using [Monthly billing](/domains/pricing#billing-models), this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` When an active registration is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to delete, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required) @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@Method Details
export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. +Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain does not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains. Args: name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to export, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required) @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -622,7 +622,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -992,7 +992,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@Method Details
], } - updateMask: string, Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the labels are being updated, the `update_mask` would be `"labels"`. + updateMask: string, Required. The field mask describing which fields to update as a comma-separated list. For example, if only the labels are being updated, the `update_mask` is `"labels"`. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "validateOnly": True or False, # When true, only validation will be performed, without actually registering the domain. Follows: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation + "validateOnly": True or False, # When true, only validation is performed, without actually registering the domain. Follows: https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#request_validation "yearlyPrice": { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Required. Yearly price to register or renew the domain. The value that should be put here can be obtained from RetrieveRegisterParameters or SearchDomains calls. "currencyCode": "A String", # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217. "nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. @@ -1527,7 +1527,7 @@Method Details
retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)-Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`. +Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`. Args: location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required) @@ -1713,7 +1713,7 @@Method Details
transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer. +Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer. Args: parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the `Registration`. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required) @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@Method Details
"contactNotices": [ # The list of contact notices that you acknowledge. The notices needed here depend on the values specified in `registration.contact_settings`. "A String", ], - "registration": { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain's current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain's current DNS service will not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar. + "registration": { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain's current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain's current DNS service does not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar. "contactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. @@ -1752,7 +1752,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@Method Details
"transferLockState": "A String", # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar. }, "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`. - "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. + "pendingContactSettings": { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain's legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive. "adminContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`. "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. @@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@Method Details
}, }, "privacy": "A String", # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`. - "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* + "registrantContact": { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant receives an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.* "email": "A String", # Required. Email address of the contact. "faxNumber": "A String", # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. "phoneNumber": "A String", # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `"+1-800-555-0123"`. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html index ac8e160a3c5..d9c1f11253d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.changes.html @@ -164,6 +164,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -354,6 +355,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -476,6 +478,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -680,6 +683,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -870,6 +874,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -992,6 +997,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html index 144e51de080..9746623607b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.files.html @@ -152,6 +152,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -342,6 +343,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -464,6 +466,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -544,6 +547,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -734,6 +738,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -856,6 +861,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -1001,6 +1007,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -1191,6 +1198,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -1313,6 +1321,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -1407,6 +1416,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -1597,6 +1607,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -1719,6 +1730,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -1802,6 +1814,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -1992,6 +2005,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -2114,6 +2128,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -2211,6 +2226,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -2401,6 +2417,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -2523,6 +2540,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -2615,6 +2633,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -2805,6 +2824,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -2927,6 +2947,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -3017,6 +3038,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -3207,6 +3229,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -3329,6 +3352,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -3405,6 +3429,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -3595,6 +3620,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -3717,6 +3743,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -3793,6 +3820,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -3983,6 +4011,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -4105,6 +4134,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -4181,6 +4211,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -4371,6 +4402,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -4493,6 +4525,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -4565,6 +4598,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -4755,6 +4789,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -4877,6 +4912,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -4969,6 +5005,7 @@Method Details
"canComment": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canComment. "canReadRevisions": True or False, # Deprecated: use capabilities/canReadRevisions. "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -5159,6 +5196,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -5281,6 +5319,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html index 24f4acb8f3c..e0235824377 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v2.permissions.html @@ -152,6 +152,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -242,6 +243,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -317,6 +319,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -401,6 +404,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -495,6 +499,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -568,6 +573,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -643,6 +649,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. @@ -716,6 +723,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # The ID of the user this permission refers to, and identical to the permissionId in the About and Files resources. When making a drive.permissions.insert request, exactly one of the id or value fields must be specified unless the permission type is anyone, in which case both id and value are ignored. "kind": "drive#permission", # This is always drive#permission. "name": "A String", # The name for this permission. + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "additionalRoles": [ # Additional roles for this user. Only commenter is currently possible, though more may be supported in the future. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html index 86d5675e2a8..24ba61550bc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.changes.html @@ -189,6 +189,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -352,6 +353,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html index 964c76bb578..6a11dfe3cc2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.files.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -303,6 +304,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -412,6 +414,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -575,6 +578,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -682,6 +686,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -845,6 +850,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -957,6 +963,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -1120,6 +1127,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -1295,6 +1303,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -1458,6 +1467,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -1602,6 +1612,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -1765,6 +1776,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -1892,6 +1904,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -2055,6 +2068,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -2168,6 +2182,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": "A String", }, "capabilities": { # Capabilities the current user has on this file. Each capability corresponds to a fine-grained action that a user may take. + "canAcceptOwnership": True or False, # Whether the current user is the pending owner of the file. Not populated for shared drive files. "canAddChildren": True or False, # Whether the current user can add children to this folder. This is always false when the item is not a folder. "canAddFolderFromAnotherDrive": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a folder from another drive (different shared drive or My Drive) to this folder. This is false when the item is not a folder. Only populated for items in shared drives. "canAddMyDriveParent": True or False, # Whether the current user can add a parent for the item without removing an existing parent in the same request. Not populated for shared drive files. @@ -2331,6 +2346,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html index 0b46d51d4e1..79866a93317 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.permissions.html @@ -126,6 +126,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -193,6 +194,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -276,6 +278,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -352,6 +355,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -434,6 +438,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. @@ -498,6 +503,7 @@Method Details
# - The time cannot be more than a year in the future "id": "A String", # The ID of this permission. This is a unique identifier for the grantee, and is published in User resources as permissionId. IDs should be treated as opaque values. "kind": "drive#permission", # Identifies what kind of resource this is. Value: the fixed string "drive#permission". + "pendingOwner": True or False, # Whether the account associated with this permission is a pending owner. Only populated for user type permissions for files that are not in a shared drive. "permissionDetails": [ # Details of whether the permissions on this shared drive item are inherited or directly on this item. This is an output-only field which is present only for shared drive items. { "inherited": True or False, # Whether this permission is inherited. This field is always populated. This is an output-only field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html index 88b74a5bcd5..05b63c9285a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.channels.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html index 3a2a42c6a11..758385c1d69 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html index d188af277c0..4cb22568acb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/eventarc_v1beta1.projects.locations.triggers.html @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html index 0e21332efca..0ea3282f181 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.html @@ -74,6 +74,11 @@Cloud Filestore API . projects . locations . instances
Instance Methods
++
+snapshots()+Returns the snapshots Resource.
+Close httplib2 connections.
@@ -81,7 +86,7 @@Instance Methods
create(parent, body=None, instanceId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates an instance. When creating from a backup, the capacity of the new instance needs to be equal to or larger than the capacity of the backup (and also equal to or larger than the minimum capacity of the tier).
+delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes an instance.
@@ -135,12 +140,14 @@Method Details
"sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. }, ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`. "networks": [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported. { # Network configuration for the instance. + "connectMode": "A String", # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING. "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`. "A String", ], @@ -148,12 +155,15 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state. "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available. + "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state. + "A String", + ], "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance. } @@ -188,11 +198,12 @@Method Details
-@@ -323,12 +339,14 @@delete(name, x__xgafv=None)+delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes an instance. Args: name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required) + force: boolean, If set to true, all snapshots of the instance will also be deleted. (Otherwise, the request will only work if the instance has no snapshots.) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -258,12 +269,14 @@Method Details
"sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. }, ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`. "networks": [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported. { # Network configuration for the instance. + "connectMode": "A String", # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING. "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`. "A String", ], @@ -271,12 +284,15 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state. "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available. + "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state. + "A String", + ], "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance. }Method Details
"sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. }, ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`. "networks": [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported. { # Network configuration for the instance. + "connectMode": "A String", # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING. "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`. "A String", ], @@ -336,12 +354,15 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state. "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available. + "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state. + "A String", + ], "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance. }, ], @@ -397,12 +418,14 @@Method Details
"sourceBackup": "A String", # The resource name of the backup, in the format `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/backups/{backup_id}`, that this file share has been restored from. }, ], + "kmsKeyName": "A String", # KMS key name used for data encryption. "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. "a_key": "A String", }, "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}`. "networks": [ # VPC networks to which the instance is connected. For this version, only a single network is supported. { # Network configuration for the instance. + "connectMode": "A String", # The network connect mode of the Filestore instance. If not provided, the connect mode defaults to DIRECT_PEERING. "ipAddresses": [ # Output only. IPv4 addresses in the format `{octet1}.{octet2}.{octet3}.{octet4}` or IPv6 addresses in the format `{block1}:{block2}:{block3}:{block4}:{block5}:{block6}:{block7}:{block8}`. "A String", ], @@ -410,12 +433,15 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "network": "A String", # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected. - "reservedIpRange": "A String", # A /29 CIDR block in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. + "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /24 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/reference/research/statistics/address_filters/) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/24. The range you specify can't overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network. }, ], "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use. "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state. "statusMessage": "A String", # Output only. Additional information about the instance state, if available. + "suspensionReasons": [ # Output only. field indicates all the reasons the instance is in "SUSPENDED" state. + "A String", + ], "tier": "A String", # The service tier of the instance. } diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bcca5a4f75a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1.projects.locations.instances.snapshots.html @@ -0,0 +1,314 @@ + + + +Cloud Filestore API . projects . locations . instances . snapshots
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+create(parent, body=None, snapshotId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot.
+ +Deletes a snapshot.
+ +Gets the details of a specific snapshot.
++
+list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists all snapshots in a project for either a specified location or for all locations.
++
+list_next(previous_request, previous_response)Retrieves the next page of results.
++
+patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates the settings of a specific snapshot.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +create(parent, body=None, snapshotId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Creates a snapshot. + +Args: + parent: string, Required. The Filestore Instance to create the snapshots of, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}` (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Filestore snapshot. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the snapshot was created. + "description": "A String", # A description of the snapshot with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "filesystemUsedBytes": "A String", # Output only. The amount of bytes needed to allocate a full copy of the snapshot content + "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state. +} + + snapshotId: string, Required. The ID to use for the snapshot. The ID must be unique within the specified instance. This value must start with a lowercase letter followed by up to 62 lowercase letters, numbers, or hyphens, and cannot end with a hyphen. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}+++ +delete(name, x__xgafv=None)+Deletes a snapshot. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}+++ +get(name, x__xgafv=None)+Gets the details of a specific snapshot. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The snapshot resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}` (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A Filestore snapshot. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the snapshot was created. + "description": "A String", # A description of the snapshot with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "filesystemUsedBytes": "A String", # Output only. The amount of bytes needed to allocate a full copy of the snapshot content + "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state. +}+++ +list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+Lists all snapshots in a project for either a specified location or for all locations. + +Args: + parent: string, Required. The instance for which to retrieve snapshot information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required) + filter: string, List filter. + orderBy: string, Sort results. Supported values are "name", "name desc" or "" (unsorted). + pageSize: integer, The maximum number of items to return. + pageToken: string, The next_page_token value to use if there are additional results to retrieve for this list request. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # ListSnapshotsResponse is the result of ListSnapshotsRequest. + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The token you can use to retrieve the next page of results. Not returned if there are no more results in the list. + "snapshots": [ # A list of snapshots in the project for the specified instance. + { # A Filestore snapshot. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the snapshot was created. + "description": "A String", # A description of the snapshot with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "filesystemUsedBytes": "A String", # Output only. The amount of bytes needed to allocate a full copy of the snapshot content + "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state. + }, + ], +}+++ +list_next(previous_request, previous_response)+Retrieves the next page of results. + +Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + +Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.managedShortLinks.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.managedShortLinks.html index 3907b813bb2..776ec1de0f7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.managedShortLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.managedShortLinks.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)+Updates the settings of a specific snapshot. + +Args: + name: string, Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Filestore snapshot. + "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the snapshot was created. + "description": "A String", # A description of the snapshot with 2048 characters or less. Requests with longer descriptions will be rejected. + "filesystemUsedBytes": "A String", # Output only. The amount of bytes needed to allocate a full copy of the snapshot content + "labels": { # Resource labels to represent user provided metadata. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the snapshot, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}/snapshots/{snapshot_id}`. + "state": "A String", # Output only. The snapshot state. +} + + updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call. + "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available. + "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation. + "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code. + "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use. + { + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + ], + "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client. + }, + "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, + "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`. + "response": { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL. + }, +}+Method Details
"dynamicLinkInfo": { # Information about a Dynamic Link. # Information about the Dynamic Link to be shortened. [Learn more](https://firebase.google.com/docs/reference/dynamic-links/link-shortener). "analyticsInfo": { # Tracking parameters supported by Dynamic Link. # Parameters used for tracking. See all tracking parameters in the [documentation](https://firebase.google.com/docs/dynamic-links/create-manually). "googlePlayAnalytics": { # Parameters for Google Play Campaign Measurements. [Learn more](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/android/v4/campaigns#campaign-params) # Google Play Campaign Measurements. - "gclid": "A String", # [AdWords autotagging parameter](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1033981?hl=en); used to measure Google AdWords ads. This value is generated dynamically and should never be modified. + "gclid": "A String", # Deprecated; FDL SDK does not process nor log it. "utmCampaign": "A String", # Campaign name; used for keyword analysis to identify a specific product promotion or strategic campaign. "utmContent": "A String", # Campaign content; used for A/B testing and content-targeted ads to differentiate ads or links that point to the same URL. "utmMedium": "A String", # Campaign medium; used to identify a medium such as email or cost-per-click. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@Method Details
"info": { # Information about a Dynamic Link. # Full Dyamic Link info "analyticsInfo": { # Tracking parameters supported by Dynamic Link. # Parameters used for tracking. See all tracking parameters in the [documentation](https://firebase.google.com/docs/dynamic-links/create-manually). "googlePlayAnalytics": { # Parameters for Google Play Campaign Measurements. [Learn more](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/android/v4/campaigns#campaign-params) # Google Play Campaign Measurements. - "gclid": "A String", # [AdWords autotagging parameter](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1033981?hl=en); used to measure Google AdWords ads. This value is generated dynamically and should never be modified. + "gclid": "A String", # Deprecated; FDL SDK does not process nor log it. "utmCampaign": "A String", # Campaign name; used for keyword analysis to identify a specific product promotion or strategic campaign. "utmContent": "A String", # Campaign content; used for A/B testing and content-targeted ads to differentiate ads or links that point to the same URL. "utmMedium": "A String", # Campaign medium; used to identify a medium such as email or cost-per-click. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.shortLinks.html b/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.shortLinks.html index 38e7d1ac875..ee9422b7696 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.shortLinks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firebasedynamiclinks_v1.shortLinks.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
"dynamicLinkInfo": { # Information about a Dynamic Link. # Information about the Dynamic Link to be shortened. [Learn more](https://firebase.google.com/docs/reference/dynamic-links/link-shortener). "analyticsInfo": { # Tracking parameters supported by Dynamic Link. # Parameters used for tracking. See all tracking parameters in the [documentation](https://firebase.google.com/docs/dynamic-links/create-manually). "googlePlayAnalytics": { # Parameters for Google Play Campaign Measurements. [Learn more](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/android/v4/campaigns#campaign-params) # Google Play Campaign Measurements. - "gclid": "A String", # [AdWords autotagging parameter](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1033981?hl=en); used to measure Google AdWords ads. This value is generated dynamically and should never be modified. + "gclid": "A String", # Deprecated; FDL SDK does not process nor log it. "utmCampaign": "A String", # Campaign name; used for keyword analysis to identify a specific product promotion or strategic campaign. "utmContent": "A String", # Campaign content; used for A/B testing and content-targeted ads to differentiate ads or links that point to the same URL. "utmMedium": "A String", # Campaign medium; used to identify a medium such as email or cost-per-click. diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html index 238163834c4..2a1c182059d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1beta1.projects.databases.documents.html @@ -175,11 +175,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -234,16 +230,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -263,11 +274,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -287,11 +294,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -312,7 +315,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -323,11 +345,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -359,16 +377,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -388,11 +421,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -412,11 +441,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -437,7 +462,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -471,11 +515,7 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -563,16 +603,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -592,11 +647,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -616,11 +667,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -641,7 +688,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -652,11 +718,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -688,16 +750,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -717,11 +794,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -741,11 +814,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -766,7 +835,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -790,11 +878,7 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -834,11 +918,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -876,11 +956,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -946,11 +1022,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1003,11 +1075,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1117,11 +1185,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1169,11 +1233,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1207,11 +1267,7 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1264,11 +1320,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1354,11 +1406,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1406,11 +1454,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1444,11 +1488,7 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1493,11 +1533,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1549,11 +1585,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1593,11 +1625,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1671,11 +1699,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1723,11 +1747,7 @@Method Details
"before": True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query. "values": [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1761,11 +1781,7 @@Method Details
}, "op": "A String", # The operator to filter by. "value": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1809,11 +1825,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1870,16 +1882,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1899,11 +1926,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1923,11 +1946,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1948,7 +1967,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -1959,11 +1997,7 @@Method Details
"createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query. "fields": { # The document's fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `"foo" : { map_value: { "x&y" : { string_value: "hello" }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&y` `` represents `x&y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``. "a_key": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -1995,16 +2029,31 @@Method Details
{ # A transformation of a field of the document. "appendMissingElements": { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "fieldPath": "A String", # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference. "increment": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field's current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2024,11 +2073,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "maximum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2048,11 +2093,7 @@Method Details
"timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. }, "minimum": { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. @@ -2073,7 +2114,26 @@Method Details
}, "removeAllFromArray": { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value. "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value + { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. + "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. + "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. + "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. + "geoPointValue": { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth. + "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0]. + "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0]. + }, + "integerValue": "A String", # An integer value. + "mapValue": { # A map value. # A map value. + "fields": { # The map's fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. + "a_key": # Object with schema name: Value + }, + }, + "nullValue": "A String", # A null value. + "referenceValue": "A String", # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`. + "stringValue": "A String", # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries. + "timestampValue": "A String", # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down. + }, ], }, "setToServerValue": "A String", # Sets the field to the given server value. @@ -2099,11 +2159,7 @@Method Details
{ # The result of applying a write. "transformResults": [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order. { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. - "arrayValue": { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. - "values": [ # Values in the array. - # Object with schema name: Value - ], - }, + "arrayValue": # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array. "booleanValue": True or False, # A boolean value. "bytesValue": "A String", # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries. "doubleValue": 3.14, # A double value. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html index 4ce6d399d24..22ff344732f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@Method Details
"fleetAutoscalerSpec": "A String", # Required. Agones fleet autoscaler spec. Example spec: https://agones.dev/site/docs/reference/fleetautoscaler/ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the Scaling Config "schedules": [ # The schedules to which this Scaling Config applies. - { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration + { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. ``` start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration ``` "cronJobDuration": "A String", # The duration for the cron job event. The duration of the event is effective after the cron job's start time. "cronSpec": "A String", # The cron definition of the scheduled event. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron. Cron spec specifies the local time as defined by the realm. "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@Method Details
"fleetAutoscalerSpec": "A String", # Required. Agones fleet autoscaler spec. Example spec: https://agones.dev/site/docs/reference/fleetautoscaler/ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the Scaling Config "schedules": [ # The schedules to which this Scaling Config applies. - { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration + { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. ``` start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration ``` "cronJobDuration": "A String", # The duration for the cron job event. The duration of the event is effective after the cron job's start time. "cronSpec": "A String", # The cron definition of the scheduled event. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron. Cron spec specifies the local time as defined by the realm. "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@Method Details
"fleetAutoscalerSpec": "A String", # Required. Agones fleet autoscaler spec. Example spec: https://agones.dev/site/docs/reference/fleetautoscaler/ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the Scaling Config "schedules": [ # The schedules to which this Scaling Config applies. - { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration + { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. ``` start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration ``` "cronJobDuration": "A String", # The duration for the cron job event. The duration of the event is effective after the cron job's start time. "cronSpec": "A String", # The cron definition of the scheduled event. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron. Cron spec specifies the local time as defined by the realm. "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html index 0aa52dbdc14..ff4eea0a069 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html index 44c8d6cc585..2c5b9c3ed91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.configs.html @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@Method Details
"fleetAutoscalerSpec": "A String", # Required. Agones fleet autoscaler spec. Example spec: https://agones.dev/site/docs/reference/fleetautoscaler/ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the Scaling Config "schedules": [ # The schedules to which this Scaling Config applies. - { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration + { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. ``` start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration ``` "cronJobDuration": "A String", # The duration for the cron job event. The duration of the event is effective after the cron job's start time. "cronSpec": "A String", # The cron definition of the scheduled event. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron. Cron spec specifies the local time as defined by the realm. "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@Method Details
"fleetAutoscalerSpec": "A String", # Required. Agones fleet autoscaler spec. Example spec: https://agones.dev/site/docs/reference/fleetautoscaler/ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the Scaling Config "schedules": [ # The schedules to which this Scaling Config applies. - { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration + { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. ``` start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration ``` "cronJobDuration": "A String", # The duration for the cron job event. The duration of the event is effective after the cron job's start time. "cronSpec": "A String", # The cron definition of the scheduled event. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron. Cron spec specifies the local time as defined by the realm. "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@Method Details
"fleetAutoscalerSpec": "A String", # Required. Agones fleet autoscaler spec. Example spec: https://agones.dev/site/docs/reference/fleetautoscaler/ "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the Scaling Config "schedules": [ # The schedules to which this Scaling Config applies. - { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration + { # The schedule of a recurring or one time event. The event's time span is specified by start_time and end_time. If the scheduled event's timespan is larger than the cron_spec + cron_job_duration, the event will be recurring. If only cron_spec + cron_job_duration are specified, the event is effective starting at the local time specified by cron_spec, and is recurring. ``` start_time|-------[cron job]-------[cron job]-------[cron job]---|end_time cron job: cron spec start time + duration ``` "cronJobDuration": "A String", # The duration for the cron job event. The duration of the event is effective after the cron job's start time. "cronSpec": "A String", # The cron definition of the scheduled event. See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cron. Cron spec specifies the local time as defined by the realm. "endTime": "A String", # The end time of the event. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html index 5beebe97602..5c722994ca7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gameservices_v1beta.projects.locations.gameServerDeployments.html @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html index ed970647e0d..d1fb580c29e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.features.html @@ -134,12 +134,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -234,12 +235,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -409,12 +411,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -509,12 +512,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -594,7 +598,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -672,12 +676,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -772,12 +777,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -891,12 +897,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -991,12 +998,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html index 11399f3e85d..e931fb60264 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -145,6 +145,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster @@ -305,6 +324,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster @@ -335,7 +373,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -421,6 +459,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster @@ -496,6 +553,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html index 5f14d56b707..5f6be6e5568 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.features.html @@ -137,12 +137,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -270,12 +271,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -528,12 +530,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -661,12 +664,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -826,7 +830,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -907,12 +911,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1040,12 +1045,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1242,12 +1248,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1375,12 +1382,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html index 6cd6183c1e2..afb187924bb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -151,6 +151,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster @@ -311,6 +330,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster @@ -341,7 +379,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -427,6 +465,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster @@ -499,6 +556,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster @@ -589,6 +665,25 @@Method Details
"updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which these details were last updated. This update_time is different from the Membership-level update_time since EndpointDetails are updated internally for API consumers. "vcpuCount": 42, # Output only. vCPU count as reported by Kubernetes nodes resources. }, + "kubernetesResource": { # KubernetesResource contains the YAML manifests and configuration for Membership Kubernetes resources in the cluster. After CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, these resources should be re-applied in the cluster. # Optional. The in-cluster Kubernetes Resources that should be applied for a correctly registered cluster, in the steady state. These resources: * Ensure that the cluster is exclusively registered to one and only one Hub Membership. * Propagate Workload Pool Information available in the Membership Authority field. * Ensure proper initial configuration of default Hub Features. + "connectResources": [ # Output only. The Kubernetes resources for installing the GKE Connect agent This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "membershipCrManifest": "A String", # Input only. The YAML representation of the Membership CR. This field is ignored for GKE clusters where Hub can read the CR directly. Callers should provide the CR that is currently present in the cluster during CreateMembership or UpdateMembership, or leave this field empty if none exists. The CR manifest is used to validate the cluster has not been registered with another Membership. + "membershipResources": [ # Output only. Additional Kubernetes resources that need to be applied to the cluster after Membership creation, and after every update. This field is only populated in the Membership returned from a successful long-running operation from CreateMembership or UpdateMembership. It is not populated during normal GetMembership or ListMemberships requests. To get the resource manifest after the initial registration, the caller should make a UpdateMembership call with an empty field mask. + { # ResourceManifest represents a single Kubernetes resource to be applied to the cluster. + "clusterScoped": True or False, # Whether the resource provided in the manifest is `cluster_scoped`. If unset, the manifest is assumed to be namespace scoped. This field is used for REST mapping when applying the resource in a cluster. + "manifest": "A String", # YAML manifest of the resource. + }, + ], + "resourceOptions": { # ResourceOptions represent options for Kubernetes resource generation. # Optional. Options for Kubernetes resource generation. + "connectVersion": "A String", # Optional. The Connect agent version to use for connect_resources. Defaults to the latest GKE Connect version. The version must be a currently supported version, obsolete versions will be rejected. + "v1beta1Crd": True or False, # Optional. Use `apiextensions/v1beta1` instead of `apiextensions/v1` for CustomResourceDefinition resources. This option should be set for clusters with Kubernetes apiserver versions <1.16. + }, + }, "multiCloudCluster": { # MultiCloudCluster contains information specific to GKE Multi-Cloud clusters. # Optional. Specific information for a GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. "clusterMissing": True or False, # Output only. If cluster_missing is set then it denotes that API(gkemulticloud.googleapis.com) resource for this GKE Multi-Cloud cluster no longer exists. "resourceLink": "A String", # Immutable. Self-link of the GCP resource for the GKE Multi-Cloud cluster. For example: //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/awsClusters/my-cluster //gkemulticloud.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/locations/us-west1-a/azureClusters/my-cluster diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html index 1233319742c..e79ac253549 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1alpha2.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html index d960fc2ff31..f91912fbea6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.features.html @@ -137,12 +137,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -267,12 +268,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -476,12 +478,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -606,12 +609,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -722,7 +726,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -803,12 +807,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -933,12 +938,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1086,12 +1092,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. @@ -1216,12 +1223,13 @@Method Details
"gcpServiceAccountEmail": "A String", # The GCP Service Account Email used for auth when secret_type is gcpServiceAccount. "httpsProxy": "A String", # URL for the HTTPS proxy to be used when communicating with the Git repo. "policyDir": "A String", # The path within the Git repository that represents the top level of the repo to sync. Default: the root directory of the repository. - "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. + "secretType": "A String", # Type of secret configured for access to the Git repo. Must be one of ssh, cookiefile, gcenode, token, gcpserviceaccount or none. The validation of this is case-sensitive. Required. "syncBranch": "A String", # The branch of the repository to sync from. Default: master. "syncRepo": "A String", # The URL of the Git repository to use as the source of truth. "syncRev": "A String", # Git revision (tag or hash) to check out. Default HEAD. "syncWaitSecs": "A String", # Period in seconds between consecutive syncs. Default: 15. }, + "preventDrift": True or False, # Set to true to enable the Config Sync admission webhook to prevent drifts. If set to `false`, disables the Config Sync admission webhook and does not prevent drifts. "sourceFormat": "A String", # Specifies whether the Config Sync Repo is in “hierarchical” or “unstructured” mode. }, "hierarchyController": { # Configuration for Hierarchy Controller # Hierarchy Controller configuration for the cluster. diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html index ca010d17f51..e329116a505 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html index c8e37f26bd5..128899f1355 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gkehub_v1beta1.projects.locations.memberships.html @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html index f156665c899..fb7781893c2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/gmail_v1.users.messages.html @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@Instance Methods
Gets the specified message.
-Imports a message into only this user's mailbox, with standard email delivery scanning and classification similar to receiving via SMTP. Does not send a message. Note: This function doesn't trigger forwarding rules or filters set up by the user.
+Imports a message into only this user's mailbox, with standard email delivery scanning and classification similar to receiving via SMTP. This method doesn't perform SPF checks, so it might not work for some spam messages, such as those attempting to perform domain spoofing. This method does not send a message. Note: This function doesn't trigger forwarding rules or filters set up by the user.
Directly inserts a message into only this user's mailbox similar to `IMAP APPEND`, bypassing most scanning and classification. Does not send a message.
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@Method Details
import_(userId, body=None, deleted=None, internalDateSource=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, neverMarkSpam=None, processForCalendar=None, x__xgafv=None)-Imports a message into only this user's mailbox, with standard email delivery scanning and classification similar to receiving via SMTP. Does not send a message. Note: This function doesn't trigger forwarding rules or filters set up by the user. +Imports a message into only this user's mailbox, with standard email delivery scanning and classification similar to receiving via SMTP. This method doesn't perform SPF checks, so it might not work for some spam messages, such as those attempting to perform domain spoofing. This method does not send a message. Note: This function doesn't trigger forwarding rules or filters set up by the user. Args: userId: string, The user's email address. The special value `me` can be used to indicate the authenticated user. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html index 15f41dd34d8..3248a322b16 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html @@ -201,6 +201,7 @@Method Details
"skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html }, "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index 9ec334384bf..7566cc9b687 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -241,6 +241,7 @@Method Details
"skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html }, "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html index 3fcb7a3f137..c0eb8db3135 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -208,6 +208,7 @@Method Details
"skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html }, "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html index 88c983bf9ae..fda7970d533 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html @@ -225,6 +225,7 @@Method Details
"skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html }, "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. If a field can be matched by more than one FieldMetadata, the first FieldMetadata.Action is applied. { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html index cd36732497d..732ab80a03f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html @@ -319,6 +319,7 @@Method Details
"skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html }, "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. If a field can be matched by more than one FieldMetadata, the first FieldMetadata.Action is applied. { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html index e31109c7c1a..b86cdcd10ab 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html @@ -217,6 +217,7 @@Method Details
"skipIdRedaction": True or False, # If true, skip replacing StudyInstanceUID, SeriesInstanceUID, SOPInstanceUID, and MediaStorageSOPInstanceUID and leave them untouched. The Cloud Healthcare API regenerates these UIDs by default based on the DICOM Standard's reasoning: "Whilst these UIDs cannot be mapped directly to an individual out of context, given access to the original images, or to a database of the original images containing the UIDs, it would be possible to recover the individual's identity." http://dicom.nema.org/medical/dicom/current/output/chtml/part15/sect_E.3.9.html }, "fhir": { # Specifies how to handle de-identification of a FHIR store. # Configures de-id of application/FHIR content. + "defaultKeepExtensions": True or False, # The behaviour for handling FHIR extensions that aren't otherwise specified for de-identification. If true, all extensions are preserved during de-identification by default. If false or unspecified, all extensions are removed during de-identification by default. "fieldMetadataList": [ # Specifies FHIR paths to match and how to transform them. Any field that is not matched by a FieldMetadata is passed through to the output dataset unmodified. All extensions will be processed according to `default_keep_extensions`. If a field can be matched by more than one FieldMetadata, the first FieldMetadata.Action is applied. { # Specifies FHIR paths to match, and how to handle de-identification of matching fields. "action": "A String", # Deidentify action for one field. diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html index 0155aa24f60..6b6d3af98f4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.serviceAccounts.html @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html index 1da23e5b87d..7f165b7fdf5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html index 2088e2df349..0925087bcd0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@Method Details
{ # Request message for `GetIamPolicy` method. "options": { # Encapsulates settings provided to GetIamPolicy. # OPTIONAL: A `GetPolicyOptions` object for specifying options to `GetIamPolicy`. - "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "requestedPolicyVersion": 42, # Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). }, } diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index c1b898ad666..cab18eb10d6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -356,6 +356,7 @@ ## datastream +* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/datastream_v1.html) * [v1alpha1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/datastream_v1alpha1.html) @@ -1015,10 +1016,6 @@ * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/webfonts_v1.html) -## webmasters -* [v3](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/webmasters_v3.html) - - ## webrisk * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/webrisk_v1.html) diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html index e55f2f48930..36b4e8e2708 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -428,19 +428,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -716,19 +716,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -744,19 +744,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html index 8874f995d14..3f9a6b8dff5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -240,19 +240,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -376,19 +376,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -404,19 +404,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html index f963895fdff..665071afdad 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -238,19 +238,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -372,19 +372,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -400,19 +400,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html index 7d1f27fd03f..b1ade2ca142 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -436,19 +436,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -777,19 +777,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -805,19 +805,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html index 011ed97b0ce..d815d413bf3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -240,19 +240,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -376,19 +376,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -404,19 +404,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html index 399c5b20805..b01299da2ec 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -238,19 +238,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -372,19 +372,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -400,19 +400,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html index 60447888035..e3102f34163 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -436,19 +436,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -766,19 +766,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -794,19 +794,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html index f93f7cc106d..3d8dc1e9c75 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html +++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -240,19 +240,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -376,19 +376,19 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method. - "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + "policy": { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them. + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. @@ -404,19 +404,19 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). - "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. - { # Associates `members` with a `role`. - "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { "bindings": [ { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin", "members": [ "user:mike@example.com", "group:admins@example.com", "domain:google.com", "serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com" ] }, { "role": "roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer", "members": [ "user:eve@example.com" ], "condition": { "title": "expirable access", "description": "Does not grant access after Sep 2020", "expression": "request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z')", } } ], "etag": "BwWWja0YfJA=", "version": 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time < timestamp('2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z') etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). + "bindings": [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`. + { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`. + "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI. "expression": "A String", # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax. "location": "A String", # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file. "title": "A String", # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression. }, - "members": [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. + "members": [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`. "A String", ], - "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. + "role": "A String", # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`. }, ], "etag": "A String", # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html index 4921ac38310..481a3c5c376 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -187,6 +187,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -350,6 +358,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -368,7 +384,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -501,6 +517,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html index 93a7ab87965..69ef50dc8fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html index 5238a7074a4..e6f2d838818 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html index 85bb0d64a49..8b4bf09afed 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html @@ -203,6 +203,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -400,6 +408,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -416,7 +432,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -542,6 +558,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -643,6 +667,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html index 46ec0e87842..e288d29168f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.backups.html @@ -187,6 +187,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -350,6 +358,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -368,7 +384,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -501,6 +517,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html index 9d46abbc2ef..4113fc1d858 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html +++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1beta.projects.locations.services.html @@ -198,6 +198,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -395,6 +403,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -411,7 +427,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -537,6 +553,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. @@ -638,6 +662,14 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the metastore service, of the form:projects/{project_number}/locations/{location_id}/services/{service_id}. "network": "A String", # Immutable. The relative resource name of the VPC network on which the instance can be accessed. It is specified in the following form:projects/{project_number}/global/networks/{network_id}. + "networkConfig": { # Network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore service. # Immutable. The configuration specifying the network settings for the Dataproc Metastore service. + "consumers": [ # Immutable. The consumer-side network configuration for the Dataproc Metastore instance. + { # Contains information of the customer's network configurations. + "endpointUri": "A String", # Output only. The URI of the endpoint used to access the metastore service. + "subnetwork": "A String", # The subnetwork of the customer project from which an IP address is reserved and used as the Dataproc Metastore service's endpoint. It is accessible to hosts in the subnet and to all hosts in a subnet in the same region and same network. There must be at least one IP address available in the subnet's primary range. The subnet is specified in the following form:`projects/{project_number}/regions/{region_id}/subnetworks/{subnetwork_id} + }, + ], + }, "port": 42, # The TCP port at which the metastore service is reached. Default: 9083. "releaseChannel": "A String", # Immutable. The release channel of the service. If unspecified, defaults to STABLE. "state": "A String", # Output only. The current state of the metastore service. diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html index 0ec4a833fcf..eae8ef1b153 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v1.projects.dashboards.html @@ -122,6 +122,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -429,6 +435,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -737,6 +749,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -1047,6 +1065,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -1366,6 +1390,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -1673,6 +1703,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -1981,6 +2017,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -2291,6 +2333,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -2634,6 +2682,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -2941,6 +2995,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -3249,6 +3309,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -3559,6 +3625,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -3888,6 +3960,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -4195,6 +4273,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -4503,6 +4587,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -4813,6 +4903,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -5150,6 +5246,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -5457,6 +5559,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -5765,6 +5873,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -6075,6 +6189,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -6394,6 +6514,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -6701,6 +6827,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -7009,6 +7141,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. @@ -7319,6 +7457,12 @@Method Details
}, "blank": { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for Empty is empty JSON object {}. # A blank space. }, + "logsPanel": { # A widget that displays a stream of log. # A widget that shows a stream of logs. + "filter": "A String", # A filter that chooses which log entries to return. See Advanced Logs Queries (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). Only log entries that match the filter are returned. An empty filter matches all log entries. + "resourceNames": [ # The names of logging resources to collect logs for. Does not implicitly include the current host project. Currently only projects are supported. There must be at least one resource_name. + "A String", + ], + }, "scorecard": { # A widget showing the latest value of a metric, and how this value relates to one or more thresholds. # A scorecard summarizing time series data. "gaugeView": { # A gauge chart shows where the current value sits within a pre-defined range. The upper and lower bounds should define the possible range of values for the scorecard's query (inclusive). # Will cause the scorecard to show a gauge chart. "lowerBound": 3.14, # The lower bound for this gauge chart. The value of the chart should always be greater than or equal to this. diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html index d4dbc1b49be..eae9d325a21 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html @@ -153,6 +153,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. @@ -386,6 +387,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. @@ -631,6 +633,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html index f1dc6fc3c03..b060302d5f5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html @@ -147,6 +147,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. @@ -384,6 +385,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html index 70293cc94fa..fe41ffda718 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html @@ -246,6 +246,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. @@ -528,6 +529,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. @@ -763,6 +765,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. @@ -996,6 +999,7 @@Method Details
}, "metadata": { # Additional non-user-editable information about the location. # Output only. Additional non-user-editable information. "canDelete": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can be deleted using the API. + "canHaveBusinessCalls": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for business calls. "canHaveFoodMenus": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing is eligible for food menu. "canModifyServiceList": True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the listing can modify the service list. "canOperateHealthData": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether the location can operate on Health data. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index ba8c6d8a95c..519fafb7d40 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -610,7 +610,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html index 89837aa1246..636e2bfabf3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkmanagement_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.connectivityTests.html @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html index f3448d9a03f..c6673d3dca3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheKeysets.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html index 674d0b08997..b6e025ef0f9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheOrigins.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html index 586b77136cd..2750ed64893 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.edgeCacheServices.html @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html index bf53a760578..20f3fbb803a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@Method Details
{ # Response returned by the ListEndpointPolicies method. "endpointPolicies": [ # List of EndpointPolicy resources. { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html index a411d8dd62d..d38129419a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@Method Details
{ # Response returned by the ListEndpointPolicies method. "endpointPolicies": [ # List of EndpointPolicy resources. { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # EndpointPolicy is a resource that helps apply desired configuration on the endpoints that match specific criteria. For example, this resource can be used to apply "authentication config" an all endpoints that serve on port 8080. - "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. + "authorizationPolicy": "A String", # Optional. This field specifies the URL of AuthorizationPolicy resource that applies authorization policies to the inbound traffic at the matched endpoints. Refer to Authorization. If this field is not specified, authorization is disabled(no authz checks) for this endpoint. "clientTlsPolicy": "A String", # Optional. A URL referring to a ClientTlsPolicy resource. ClientTlsPolicy can be set to specify the authentication for traffic from the proxy to the actual endpoints. More specifically, it is applied to the outgoing traffic from the proxy to the endpoint. This is typically used for sidecar model where the proxy identifies itself as endpoint to the control plane, with the connection between sidecar and endpoint requiring authentication. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open). Applicable only when EndpointPolicyType is SIDECAR_PROXY. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the resource was created. "description": "A String", # Optional. A free-text description of the resource. Max length 1024 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html index e76f98c5751..e072b6a8114 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.partners.subscriptions.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 @@ -186,6 +187,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 @@ -225,6 +227,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 @@ -277,6 +280,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 @@ -358,6 +362,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 @@ -398,6 +403,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 @@ -437,6 +443,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 @@ -489,6 +496,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], "redirectUri": "A String", # Output only. The place where partners should redirect the end-user to after creation. This field might also be populated when creation failed. However, Partners should always prepare a default URL to redirect the user in case this field is empty. + "renewalTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the subscription is expected to be renewed by Google - a new charge will be incurred and the service entitlement will be renewed. A non-immediate cancellation will take place at this time too, before which, the service entitlement for the end user will remain valid. UTC timezone in ISO 8061 format. For example: "2019-08-31T17:28:54.564Z" "serviceLocation": { # Describes a location of an end user. # Required. The location that the service is provided as indicated by the partner. "postalCode": "A String", # The postal code this location refers to. Ex. "94043" "regionCode": "A String", # 2-letter ISO region code for current content region. Ex. “US” Please refers to: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1 diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html index 6e5d53714ce..20eb88efac6 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html index 35a4c1708e3..f174b699b28 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.caPools.html @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html index 39ba33db59e..86efd5001b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1.projects.locations.certificateTemplates.html @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html index ea2531eebb4..60428e67d0a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.certificateRevocationLists.html @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html index 8bd5a0ef63d..34abc695485 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.certificateAuthorities.html @@ -1180,7 +1180,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html index 5b390e18024..7bff369b7a4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/privateca_v1beta1.projects.locations.reusableConfigs.html @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@Method Details
Args: resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required) - options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). + options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The maximum policy version that will be used to format the policy. Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected. Requests for policies with any conditional role bindings must specify version 3. Policies with no conditional role bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset. The policy in the response might use the policy version that you specified, or it might use a lower policy version. For example, if you specify version 3, but the policy has no conditional role bindings, the response uses version 1. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html index 94c1e343c3b..20e68244481 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html @@ -95,6 +95,7 @@Method Details
{ # The request message to annotate an Assessment. "annotation": "A String", # Optional. The annotation that will be assigned to the Event. This field can be left empty to provide reasons that apply to an event without concluding whether the event is legitimate or fraudulent. + "hashedAccountId": "A String", # Optional. Optional unique stable hashed user identifier to apply to the assessment. This is an alternative to setting the hashed_account_id in CreateAssessment, for example when the account identifier is not yet known in the initial request. It is recommended that the identifier is hashed using hmac-sha256 with stable secret. "reasons": [ # Optional. Optional reasons for the annotation that will be assigned to the Event. "A String", ], @@ -127,6 +128,11 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # A recaptcha assessment resource. + "accountDefenderAssessment": { # Account Defender risk assessment. # Assessment returned by Account Defender when a hashed_account_id is provided. + "labels": [ # Labels for this request. + "A String", + ], + }, "event": { # The event being assessed. "expectedAction": "A String", # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise. "siteKey": "A String", # Optional. The site key that was used to invoke reCAPTCHA on your site and generate the token. @@ -159,6 +165,11 @@Method Details
An object of the form: { # A recaptcha assessment resource. + "accountDefenderAssessment": { # Account Defender risk assessment. # Assessment returned by Account Defender when a hashed_account_id is provided. + "labels": [ # Labels for this request. + "A String", + ], + }, "event": { # The event being assessed. "expectedAction": "A String", # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise. "siteKey": "A String", # Optional. The site key that was used to invoke reCAPTCHA on your site and generate the token. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html index f5f91124814..fb4bb0051bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.html @@ -84,6 +84,16 @@Instance Methods
Returns the keys Resource.
++
+relatedaccountgroupmemberships()+Returns the relatedaccountgroupmemberships Resource.
+ + +Returns the relatedaccountgroups Resource.
+Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html index bde1e8f2425..f7203884c42 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1beta1.organizations.locations.insightTypes.html @@ -82,10 +82,99 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
++
+config(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config.
++
+getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType.
Method Details
+close()Close httplib2 connections.++ +config(name, body, updateMask=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)+Updates an InsightTypeConfig change. This will create a new revision of the config. + +Args: + name: string, Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Configuration for an InsightType. + "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces. + "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating. + "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type. + "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config + "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string. + "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated. +} + + updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. + validateOnly: boolean, If true, validate the request and preview the change, but do not actually update it. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Configuration for an InsightType. + "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces. + "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating. + "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type. + "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config + "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string. + "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated. +}+++getConfig(name, x__xgafv=None)+Gets the requested InsightTypeConfig. There is only one instance of the config for each InsightType. + +Args: + name: string, Required. Name of the InsightTypeConfig to get. Acceptable formats: * `projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` * `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/global/recommenders/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config` (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Configuration for an InsightType. + "annotations": { # Allows clients to store small amounts of arbitrary data. Annotations must follow the Kubernetes syntax. The total size of all keys and values combined is limited to 256k. Key can have 2 segments: prefix (optional) and name (required), separated by a slash (/). Prefix must be a DNS subdomain. Name must be 63 characters or less, begin and end with alphanumerics, with dashes (-), underscores (_), dots (.), and alphanumerics between. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "displayName": "A String", # A user-settable field to provide a human-readable name to be used in user interfaces. + "etag": "A String", # Fingerprint of the InsightTypeConfig. Provides optimistic locking when updating. + "insightTypeGenerationConfig": { # A configuration to customize the generation of insights. Eg, customizing the lookback period considered when generating a insight. # InsightTypeGenerationConfig which configures the generation of insights for this insight type. + "params": { # Parameters for this InsightTypeGenerationConfig. These configs can be used by or are applied to all subtypes. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # Name of insight type config. Eg, projects/[PROJECT_NUMBER]/locations/[LOCATION]/insightTypes/[INSIGHT_TYPE_ID]/config + "revisionId": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the config. A new revision is committed whenever the config is changed in any way. The format is an 8-character hexadecimal string. + "updateTime": "A String", # Last time when the config was updated. +}+